]> Dogcows Code - chaz/tar/blob - doc/tar.texi
Reverted changes
[chaz/tar] / doc / tar.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename tar.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle GNU tar @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @smallbook
11 @c %**end of header
12
13 @include rendition.texi
14 @include value.texi
15
16 @c Put everything in one index (arbitrarily chosen to be the concept index).
17 @syncodeindex fn cp
18 @syncodeindex ky cp
19 @syncodeindex pg cp
20 @syncodeindex vr cp
21
22 @defindex op
23 @syncodeindex op cp
24
25 @copying
26
27 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} @command{tar} (version
28 @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}), which creates and extracts files
29 from archives.
30
31 Copyright @copyright{} 1992, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1999, 2000, 2001,
32 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
33
34 @quotation
35 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
36 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1 or
37 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the
38 Invariant Sections being "GNU General Public License", with the
39 Front-Cover Texts being ``A GNU Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts
40 as in (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section
41 entitled "GNU Free Documentation License".
42
43 (a) The FSF's Back-Cover Text is: ``You are free to copy and modify
44 this GNU Manual. Buying copies from GNU Press supports the FSF in
45 developing GNU and promoting software freedom.''
46 @end quotation
47 @end copying
48
49 @dircategory Archiving
50 @direntry
51 * Tar: (tar). Making tape (or disk) archives.
52 @end direntry
53
54 @dircategory Individual utilities
55 @direntry
56 * tar: (tar)tar invocation. Invoking @GNUTAR{}.
57 @end direntry
58
59 @shorttitlepage @acronym{GNU} @command{tar}
60
61 @titlepage
62 @title @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
63 @subtitle @value{RENDITION} @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
64 @author Melissa Weisshaus, Jay Fenlason,
65 @author Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Amy Gorin
66 @c he said to remove it: Fran@,{c}ois Pinard
67 @c i'm thinking about how the author page *should* look. -mew 2may96
68
69 @page
70 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
71 @insertcopying
72 @end titlepage
73
74 @ifnottex
75 @node Top
76 @top @acronym{GNU} tar: an archiver tool
77
78 @insertcopying
79
80 @cindex file archival
81 @cindex archiving files
82
83 The first part of this master menu lists the major nodes in this Info
84 document. The rest of the menu lists all the lower level nodes.
85 @end ifnottex
86
87 @c The master menu, created with texinfo-master-menu, goes here.
88 @c (However, getdate.texi's menu is interpolated by hand.)
89
90 @menu
91 * Introduction::
92 * Tutorial::
93 * tar invocation::
94 * operations::
95 * Backups::
96 * Choosing::
97 * Date input formats::
98 * Formats::
99 * Media::
100 * Free Software Needs Free Documentation::
101 * Copying This Manual::
102 * Index::
103
104 @detailmenu
105 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
106
107 Introduction
108
109 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
110 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
111 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
112 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
113 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
114 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
115 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
116
117 Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
118
119 * assumptions::
120 * stylistic conventions::
121 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
122 * frequent operations::
123 * Two Frequent Options::
124 * create:: How to Create Archives
125 * list:: How to List Archives
126 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
127 * going further::
128
129 Two Frequently Used Options
130
131 * file tutorial::
132 * verbose tutorial::
133 * help tutorial::
134
135 How to Create Archives
136
137 * prepare for examples::
138 * Creating the archive::
139 * create verbose::
140 * short create::
141 * create dir::
142
143 How to List Archives
144
145 * list dir::
146
147 How to Extract Members from an Archive
148
149 * extracting archives::
150 * extracting files::
151 * extract dir::
152 * failing commands::
153
154 Invoking @GNUTAR{}
155
156 * Synopsis::
157 * using tar options::
158 * Styles::
159 * All Options::
160 * help::
161 * verbose::
162 * interactive::
163
164 The Three Option Styles
165
166 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
167 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
168 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
169 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
170
171 All @command{tar} Options
172
173 * Operation Summary::
174 * Option Summary::
175 * Short Option Summary::
176
177 @GNUTAR{} Operations
178
179 * Basic tar::
180 * Advanced tar::
181 * create options::
182 * extract options::
183 * backup::
184 * Applications::
185 * looking ahead::
186
187 Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
188
189 * Operations::
190 * append::
191 * update::
192 * concatenate::
193 * delete::
194 * compare::
195
196 How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
197
198 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
199 * multiple::
200
201 Updating an Archive
202
203 * how to update::
204
205 Options Used by @option{--create}
206
207 * Ignore Failed Read::
208
209 Options Used by @option{--extract}
210
211 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
212 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
213 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
214
215 Options to Help Read Archives
216
217 * read full records::
218 * Ignore Zeros::
219
220 Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
221
222 * Dealing with Old Files::
223 * Overwrite Old Files::
224 * Keep Old Files::
225 * Keep Newer Files::
226 * Unlink First::
227 * Recursive Unlink::
228 * Modification Times::
229 * Setting Access Permissions::
230 * Writing to Standard Output::
231 * remove files::
232
233 Coping with Scarce Resources
234
235 * Starting File::
236 * Same Order::
237
238 Performing Backups and Restoring Files
239
240 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
241 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
242 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
243 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
244 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
245 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
246 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
247
248 Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
249
250 * General-Purpose Variables::
251 * Magnetic Tape Control::
252 * User Hooks::
253 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
254
255 Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
256
257 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
258 * Selecting Archive Members::
259 * files:: Reading Names from a File
260 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
261 * Wildcards::
262 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
263 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
264 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
265
266 Reading Names from a File
267
268 * nul::
269
270 Excluding Some Files
271
272 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
273 * problems with exclude::
274
275 Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
276
277 * directory:: Changing Directory
278 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
279
280 Date input formats
281
282 * General date syntax:: Common rules.
283 * Calendar date items:: 19 Dec 1994.
284 * Time of day items:: 9:20pm.
285 * Time zone items:: @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
286 * Day of week items:: Monday and others.
287 * Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
288 * Pure numbers in date strings:: 19931219, 1440.
289 * Seconds since the Epoch:: @@1078100502.
290 * Authors of get_date:: Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
291
292 Controlling the Archive Format
293
294 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
295 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
296 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
297 * Standard:: The Standard Format
298 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
299 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
300
301 Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
302
303 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
304 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
305 * old:: Old V7 Archives
306 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
307 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
308 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
309
310 Using Less Space through Compression
311
312 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
313 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
314
315 Tapes and Other Archive Media
316
317 * Device:: Device selection and switching
318 * Remote Tape Server::
319 * Common Problems and Solutions::
320 * Blocking:: Blocking
321 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
322 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
323 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
324 * verify::
325 * Write Protection::
326
327 Blocking
328
329 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
330 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
331
332 Many Archives on One Tape
333
334 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
335 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
336
337 Using Multiple Tapes
338
339 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
340 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
341
342 Copying This Manual
343
344 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
345
346 @end detailmenu
347 @end menu
348
349 @node Introduction
350 @chapter Introduction
351
352 @GNUTAR{} creates
353 and manipulates @dfn{archives} which are actually collections of
354 many other files; the program provides users with an organized and
355 systematic method for controlling a large amount of data.
356 The name ``tar'' originally came from the phrase ``Tape ARchive'', but
357 archives need not (and these days, typically do not) reside on tapes.
358
359 @menu
360 * Book Contents:: What this Book Contains
361 * Definitions:: Some Definitions
362 * What tar Does:: What @command{tar} Does
363 * Naming tar Archives:: How @command{tar} Archives are Named
364 * Current status:: Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
365 * Authors:: @GNUTAR{} Authors
366 * Reports:: Reporting bugs or suggestions
367 @end menu
368
369 @node Book Contents
370 @section What this Book Contains
371
372 The first part of this chapter introduces you to various terms that will
373 recur throughout the book. It also tells you who has worked on @GNUTAR{}
374 and its documentation, and where you should send bug reports
375 or comments.
376
377 The second chapter is a tutorial (@pxref{Tutorial}) which provides a
378 gentle introduction for people who are new to using @command{tar}. It is
379 meant to be self contained, not requiring any reading from subsequent
380 chapters to make sense. It moves from topic to topic in a logical,
381 progressive order, building on information already explained.
382
383 Although the tutorial is paced and structured to allow beginners to
384 learn how to use @command{tar}, it is not intended solely for beginners.
385 The tutorial explains how to use the three most frequently used
386 operations (@samp{create}, @samp{list}, and @samp{extract}) as well as
387 two frequently used options (@samp{file} and @samp{verbose}). The other
388 chapters do not refer to the tutorial frequently; however, if a section
389 discusses something which is a complex variant of a basic concept, there
390 may be a cross reference to that basic concept. (The entire book,
391 including the tutorial, assumes that the reader understands some basic
392 concepts of using a Unix-type operating system; @pxref{Tutorial}.)
393
394 The third chapter presents the remaining five operations, and
395 information about using @command{tar} options and option syntax.
396
397 @FIXME{this sounds more like a @acronym{GNU} Project Manuals Concept [tm] more
398 than the reality. should think about whether this makes sense to say
399 here, or not.} The other chapters are meant to be used as a
400 reference. Each chapter presents everything that needs to be said
401 about a specific topic.
402
403 One of the chapters (@pxref{Date input formats}) exists in its
404 entirety in other @acronym{GNU} manuals, and is mostly self-contained.
405 In addition, one section of this manual (@pxref{Standard}) contains a
406 big quote which is taken directly from @command{tar} sources.
407
408 In general, we give both long and short (abbreviated) option names
409 at least once in each section where the relevant option is covered, so
410 that novice readers will become familiar with both styles. (A few
411 options have no short versions, and the relevant sections will
412 indicate this.)
413
414 @node Definitions
415 @section Some Definitions
416
417 @cindex archive
418 @cindex tar archive
419 The @command{tar} program is used to create and manipulate @command{tar}
420 archives. An @dfn{archive} is a single file which contains the contents
421 of many files, while still identifying the names of the files, their
422 owner(s), and so forth. (In addition, archives record access
423 permissions, user and group, size in bytes, and last modification time.
424 Some archives also record the file names in each archived directory, as
425 well as other file and directory information.) You can use @command{tar}
426 to @dfn{create} a new archive in a specified directory.
427
428 @cindex member
429 @cindex archive member
430 @cindex file name
431 @cindex member name
432 The files inside an archive are called @dfn{members}. Within this
433 manual, we use the term @dfn{file} to refer only to files accessible in
434 the normal ways (by @command{ls}, @command{cat}, and so forth), and the term
435 @dfn{member} to refer only to the members of an archive. Similarly, a
436 @dfn{file name} is the name of a file, as it resides in the filesystem,
437 and a @dfn{member name} is the name of an archive member within the
438 archive.
439
440 @cindex extraction
441 @cindex unpacking
442 The term @dfn{extraction} refers to the process of copying an archive
443 member (or multiple members) into a file in the filesystem. Extracting
444 all the members of an archive is often called @dfn{extracting the
445 archive}. The term @dfn{unpack} can also be used to refer to the
446 extraction of many or all the members of an archive. Extracting an
447 archive does not destroy the archive's structure, just as creating an
448 archive does not destroy the copies of the files that exist outside of
449 the archive. You may also @dfn{list} the members in a given archive
450 (this is often thought of as ``printing'' them to the standard output,
451 or the command line), or @dfn{append} members to a pre-existing archive.
452 All of these operations can be performed using @command{tar}.
453
454 @node What tar Does
455 @section What @command{tar} Does
456
457 @cindex tar
458 The @command{tar} program provides the ability to create @command{tar}
459 archives, as well as various other kinds of manipulation. For example,
460 you can use @command{tar} on previously created archives to extract files,
461 to store additional files, or to update or list files which were already
462 stored.
463
464 Initially, @command{tar} archives were used to store files conveniently on
465 magnetic tape. The name @command{tar} comes from this use; it stands for
466 @code{t}ape @code{ar}chiver. Despite the utility's name, @command{tar} can
467 direct its output to available devices, files, or other programs (using
468 pipes). @command{tar} may even access remote devices or files (as archives).
469
470 @FIXME{the following table entries need a bit of work..}
471
472 You can use @command{tar} archives in many ways. We want to stress a few
473 of them: storage, backup, and transportation.
474
475 @table @asis
476 @item Storage
477 Often, @command{tar} archives are used to store related files for
478 convenient file transfer over a network. For example, the
479 @acronym{GNU} Project distributes its software bundled into
480 @command{tar} archives, so that all the files relating to a particular
481 program (or set of related programs) can be transferred as a single
482 unit.
483
484 A magnetic tape can store several files in sequence. However, the tape
485 has no names for these files; it only knows their relative position on
486 the tape. One way to store several files on one tape and retain their
487 names is by creating a @command{tar} archive. Even when the basic transfer
488 mechanism can keep track of names, as FTP can, the nuisance of handling
489 multiple files, directories, and multiple links makes @command{tar}
490 archives useful.
491
492 Archive files are also used for long-term storage. You can think of
493 this as transportation from the present into the future. (It is a
494 science-fiction idiom that you can move through time as well as in
495 space; the idea here is that @command{tar} can be used to move archives in
496 all dimensions, even time!)
497
498 @item Backup
499 Because the archive created by @command{tar} is capable of preserving
500 file information and directory structure, @command{tar} is commonly
501 used for performing full and incremental backups of disks. A backup
502 puts a collection of files (possibly pertaining to many users and
503 projects) together on a disk or a tape. This guards against
504 accidental destruction of the information in those files.
505 @GNUTAR{} has special features that allow it to be
506 used to make incremental and full dumps of all the files in a
507 filesystem.
508
509 @item Transportation
510 You can create an archive on one system, transfer it to another system,
511 and extract the contents there. This allows you to transport a group of
512 files from one system to another.
513 @end table
514
515 @node Naming tar Archives
516 @section How @command{tar} Archives are Named
517
518 Conventionally, @command{tar} archives are given names ending with
519 @samp{.tar}. This is not necessary for @command{tar} to operate properly,
520 but this manual follows that convention in order to accustom readers to
521 it and to make examples more clear.
522
523 @cindex tar file
524 @cindex entry
525 @cindex tar entry
526 Often, people refer to @command{tar} archives as ``@command{tar} files,'' and
527 archive members as ``files'' or ``entries''. For people familiar with
528 the operation of @command{tar}, this causes no difficulty. However, in
529 this manual, we consistently refer to ``archives'' and ``archive
530 members'' to make learning to use @command{tar} easier for novice users.
531
532 @node Current status
533 @section Current development status of @GNUTAR{}
534
535 @GNUTAR{} is currently in the process of active development, whose
536 primary aims are:
537
538 @itemize @bullet
539 @item Improve compatibility between @GNUTAR{} and other @command{tar}
540 implementations.
541 @item Switch to using @acronym{POSIX} archives.
542 @item Revise sparse file handling and multiple volume processing.
543 @item Merge with the @acronym{GNU} @code{paxutils} project.
544 @end itemize
545
546 Some of these aims are already attained, while others are still
547 being worked upon. From the point of view of an end user, the
548 following issues need special mentioning:
549
550 @table @asis
551 @item Use of short option @option{-o}.
552
553 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-o} command line
554 option as a synonym for @option{--old-archive}.
555
556 @GNUTAR{} starting from version 1.13.90 understands this option as
557 a synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}. This is compatible with
558 UNIX98 @command{tar} implementations.
559
560 However, to facilitate transition, @option{-o} option retains its
561 old semantics when it is used with one of archive-creation commands.
562 Users are encouraged to use @value{op-format-oldgnu} instead.
563
564 It is especially important, since versions of @acronym{GNU} Automake
565 up to and including 1.8.4 invoke tar with this option to produce
566 distribution tarballs. @xref{Formats,v7}, for the detailed discussion
567 of this issue and its implications.
568
569 Future versions of @GNUTAR{} will understand @option{-o} only as a
570 synonym for @option{--no-same-owner}.
571
572 @item Use of short option @option{-l}
573
574 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} option as a
575 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Such usage is deprecated.
576 For compatibility with other implementations future versions of
577 @GNUTAR{} will understand this option as a synonym for
578 @option{--check-links}.
579
580 @item Use of options @option{--portability} and @option{--old-archive}
581
582 These options are deprecated. Please use @option{--format=v7} instead.
583
584 @item Use of option @option{--posix}
585
586 This option is deprecated. Please use @option{--format=posix} instead.
587 @end table
588
589 @node Authors
590 @section @GNUTAR{} Authors
591
592 @GNUTAR{} was originally written by John Gilmore,
593 and modified by many people. The @acronym{GNU} enhancements were
594 written by Jay Fenlason, then Joy Kendall, and the whole package has
595 been further maintained by Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG, Fran@,{c}ois
596 Pinard, Paul Eggert, and finally Sergey Poznyakoff with the help of
597 numerous and kind users.
598
599 We wish to stress that @command{tar} is a collective work, and owes much to
600 all those people who reported problems, offered solutions and other
601 insights, or shared their thoughts and suggestions. An impressive, yet
602 partial list of those contributors can be found in the @file{THANKS}
603 file from the @GNUTAR{} distribution.
604
605 @FIXME{i want all of these names mentioned, Absolutely. BUT, i'm not
606 sure i want to spell out the history in this detail, at least not for
607 the printed book. i'm just not sure it needs to be said this way.
608 i'll think about it.}
609
610 @FIXME{History is more important, and surely more interesting, than
611 actual names. Quoting names without history would be meaningless. FP}
612
613 Jay Fenlason put together a draft of a @GNUTAR{}
614 manual, borrowing notes from the original man page from John Gilmore.
615 This was withdrawn in version 1.11. Thomas Bushnell, n/BSG and Amy
616 Gorin worked on a tutorial and manual for @GNUTAR{}.
617 Fran@,{c}ois Pinard put version 1.11.8 of the manual together by
618 taking information from all these sources and merging them. Melissa
619 Weisshaus finally edited and redesigned the book to create version
620 1.12. @FIXME{update version number as necessary; i'm being
621 optimistic!} @FIXME{Someone [maybe karl berry? maybe bob chassell?
622 maybe melissa? maybe julie sussman?] needs to properly index the
623 thing.}
624
625 For version 1.12, Daniel Hagerty contributed a great deal of technical
626 consulting. In particular, he is the primary author of @ref{Backups}.
627
628 In July, 2003 @GNUTAR{} was put on CVS at savannah.gnu.org
629 (see @url{http://savannah.gnu.org/projects/tar}), and
630 active development and maintenance work has started
631 again. Currently @GNUTAR{} is being maintained by Paul Eggert, Sergey
632 Poznyakoff and Jeff Bailey.
633
634 Support for @acronym{POSIX} archives was added by Sergey Poznyakoff.
635
636 @node Reports
637 @section Reporting bugs or suggestions
638
639 @cindex bug reports
640 @cindex reporting bugs
641 If you find problems or have suggestions about this program or manual,
642 please report them to @file{bug-tar@@gnu.org}.
643
644 When reporting a bug, please be sure to include as much detail as
645 possible, in order to reproduce it. @FIXME{Be more specific, I'd
646 like to make this node as detailed as 'Bug reporting' node in Emacs
647 manual}.
648
649 @node Tutorial
650 @chapter Tutorial Introduction to @command{tar}
651
652 This chapter guides you through some basic examples of three @command{tar}
653 operations: @option{--create}, @option{--list}, and @option{--extract}. If
654 you already know how to use some other version of @command{tar}, then you
655 may not need to read this chapter. This chapter omits most complicated
656 details about how @command{tar} works.
657
658 @menu
659 * assumptions::
660 * stylistic conventions::
661 * basic tar options:: Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
662 * frequent operations::
663 * Two Frequent Options::
664 * create:: How to Create Archives
665 * list:: How to List Archives
666 * extract:: How to Extract Members from an Archive
667 * going further::
668 @end menu
669
670 @node assumptions
671 @section Assumptions this Tutorial Makes
672
673 This chapter is paced to allow beginners to learn about @command{tar}
674 slowly. At the same time, we will try to cover all the basic aspects of
675 these three operations. In order to accomplish both of these tasks, we
676 have made certain assumptions about your knowledge before reading this
677 manual, and the hardware you will be using:
678
679 @itemize @bullet
680 @item
681 Before you start to work through this tutorial, you should understand
682 what the terms ``archive'' and ``archive member'' mean
683 (@pxref{Definitions}). In addition, you should understand something
684 about how Unix-type operating systems work, and you should know how to
685 use some basic utilities. For example, you should know how to create,
686 list, copy, rename, edit, and delete files and directories; how to
687 change between directories; and how to figure out where you are in the
688 filesystem. You should have some basic understanding of directory
689 structure and how files are named according to which directory they are
690 in. You should understand concepts such as standard output and standard
691 input, what various definitions of the term ``argument'' mean, and the
692 differences between relative and absolute path names. @FIXME{and what
693 else?}
694
695 @item
696 This manual assumes that you are working from your own home directory
697 (unless we state otherwise). In this tutorial, you will create a
698 directory to practice @command{tar} commands in. When we show path names,
699 we will assume that those paths are relative to your home directory.
700 For example, my home directory path is @file{/home/fsf/melissa}. All of
701 my examples are in a subdirectory of the directory named by that path
702 name; the subdirectory is called @file{practice}.
703
704 @item
705 In general, we show examples of archives which exist on (or can be
706 written to, or worked with from) a directory on a hard disk. In most
707 cases, you could write those archives to, or work with them on any other
708 device, such as a tape drive. However, some of the later examples in
709 the tutorial and next chapter will not work on tape drives.
710 Additionally, working with tapes is much more complicated than working
711 with hard disks. For these reasons, the tutorial does not cover working
712 with tape drives. @xref{Media}, for complete information on using
713 @command{tar} archives with tape drives.
714
715 @FIXME{this is a cop out. need to add some simple tape drive info.}
716 @end itemize
717
718 @node stylistic conventions
719 @section Stylistic Conventions
720
721 In the examples, @samp{$} represents a typical shell prompt. It
722 precedes lines you should type; to make this more clear, those lines are
723 shown in @kbd{this font}, as opposed to lines which represent the
724 computer's response; those lines are shown in @code{this font}, or
725 sometimes @samp{like this}.
726
727 @c When we have lines which are too long to be
728 @c displayed in any other way, we will show them like this:
729
730 @node basic tar options
731 @section Basic @command{tar} Operations and Options
732
733 @command{tar} can take a wide variety of arguments which specify and define
734 the actions it will have on the particular set of files or the archive.
735 The main types of arguments to @command{tar} fall into one of two classes:
736 operations, and options.
737
738 Some arguments fall into a class called @dfn{operations}; exactly one of
739 these is both allowed and required for any instance of using @command{tar};
740 you may @emph{not} specify more than one. People sometimes speak of
741 @dfn{operating modes}. You are in a particular operating mode when you
742 have specified the operation which specifies it; there are eight
743 operations in total, and thus there are eight operating modes.
744
745 The other arguments fall into the class known as @dfn{options}. You are
746 not required to specify any options, and you are allowed to specify more
747 than one at a time (depending on the way you are using @command{tar} at
748 that time). Some options are used so frequently, and are so useful for
749 helping you type commands more carefully that they are effectively
750 ``required''. We will discuss them in this chapter.
751
752 You can write most of the @command{tar} operations and options in any
753 of three forms: long (mnemonic) form, short form, and old style. Some
754 of the operations and options have no short or ``old'' forms; however,
755 the operations and options which we will cover in this tutorial have
756 corresponding abbreviations. @FIXME{make sure this is still the case,
757 at the end}We will indicate those abbreviations appropriately to get
758 you used to seeing them. (Note that the ``old style'' option forms
759 exist in @GNUTAR{} for compatibility with Unix
760 @command{tar}. We present a full discussion of this way of writing
761 options and operations appears in @ref{Old Options}, and we discuss
762 the other two styles of writing options in @ref{Mnemonic Options}, and
763 @ref{Short Options}.)
764
765 In the examples and in the text of this tutorial, we usually use the
766 long forms of operations and options; but the ``short'' forms produce
767 the same result and can make typing long @command{tar} commands easier.
768 For example, instead of typing
769
770 @smallexample
771 @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
772 @end smallexample
773
774 @noindent
775 you can type
776 @smallexample
777 @kbd{tar -c -v -f afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
778 @end smallexample
779
780 @noindent
781 or even
782 @smallexample
783 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
784 @end smallexample
785
786 @noindent
787 For more information on option syntax, see @ref{Advanced tar}. In
788 discussions in the text, when we name an option by its long form, we
789 also give the corresponding short option in parentheses.
790
791 The term, ``option'', can be confusing at times, since ``operations''
792 are often lumped in with the actual, @emph{optional} ``options'' in certain
793 general class statements. For example, we just talked about ``short and
794 long forms of options and operations''. However, experienced @command{tar}
795 users often refer to these by shorthand terms such as, ``short and long
796 options''. This term assumes that the ``operations'' are included, also.
797 Context will help you determine which definition of ``options'' to use.
798
799 Similarly, the term ``command'' can be confusing, as it is often used in
800 two different ways. People sometimes refer to @command{tar} ``commands''.
801 A @command{tar} @dfn{command} is the entire command line of user input
802 which tells @command{tar} what to do --- including the operation, options,
803 and any arguments (file names, pipes, other commands, etc). However,
804 you will also sometimes hear the term ``the @command{tar} command''. When
805 the word ``command'' is used specifically like this, a person is usually
806 referring to the @command{tar} @emph{operation}, not the whole line.
807 Again, use context to figure out which of the meanings the speaker
808 intends.
809
810 @node frequent operations
811 @section The Three Most Frequently Used Operations
812
813 Here are the three most frequently used operations (both short and long
814 forms), as well as a brief description of their meanings. The rest of
815 this chapter will cover how to use these operations in detail. We will
816 present the rest of the operations in the next chapter.
817
818 @table @kbd
819 @item --create
820 @itemx -c
821 Create a new @command{tar} archive.
822 @item --list
823 @itemx -t
824 List the contents of an archive.
825 @item --extract
826 @itemx -x
827 Extract one or more members from an archive.
828 @end table
829
830 @node Two Frequent Options
831 @section Two Frequently Used Options
832
833 To understand how to run @command{tar} in the three operating modes listed
834 previously, you also need to understand how to use two of the options to
835 @command{tar}: @option{--file} (which takes an archive file as an argument)
836 and @option{--verbose}. (You are usually not @emph{required} to specify
837 either of these options when you run @command{tar}, but they can be very
838 useful in making things more clear and helping you avoid errors.)
839
840 @menu
841 * file tutorial::
842 * verbose tutorial::
843 * help tutorial::
844 @end menu
845
846 @node file tutorial
847 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--file} Option
848
849 @table @kbd
850 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
851 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
852 Specify the name of an archive file.
853 @end table
854
855 You can specify an argument for the @value{op-file} option whenever you
856 use @command{tar}; this option determines the name of the archive file
857 that @command{tar} will work on.
858
859 If you don't specify this argument, then @command{tar} will use a
860 default, usually some physical tape drive attached to your machine.
861 If there is no tape drive attached, or the default is not meaningful,
862 then @command{tar} will print an error message. The error message might
863 look roughly like one of the following:
864
865 @smallexample
866 tar: can't open /dev/rmt8 : No such device or address
867 tar: can't open /dev/rsmt0 : I/O error
868 @end smallexample
869
870 @noindent
871 To avoid confusion, we recommend that you always specify an archive file
872 name by using @value{op-file} when writing your @command{tar} commands.
873 For more information on using the @value{op-file} option, see
874 @ref{file}.
875
876 @node verbose tutorial
877 @unnumberedsubsec The @option{--verbose} Option
878
879 @table @kbd
880 @item --verbose
881 @itemx -v
882 Show the files being worked on as @command{tar} is running.
883 @end table
884
885 @value{op-verbose} shows details about the results of running
886 @command{tar}. This can be especially useful when the results might not be
887 obvious. For example, if you want to see the progress of @command{tar} as
888 it writes files into the archive, you can use the @option{--verbose}
889 option. In the beginning, you may find it useful to use
890 @option{--verbose} at all times; when you are more accustomed to
891 @command{tar}, you will likely want to use it at certain times but not at
892 others. We will use @option{--verbose} at times to help make something
893 clear, and we will give many examples both using and not using
894 @option{--verbose} to show the differences.
895
896 Sometimes, a single instance of @option{--verbose} on the command line
897 will show a full, @samp{ls} style listing of an archive or files,
898 @c FIXME: Describe the exact output format, e.g., how hard links are displayed.
899 giving sizes, owners, and similar information. Other times,
900 @option{--verbose} will only show files or members that the particular
901 operation is operating on at the time. In the latter case, you can
902 use @option{--verbose} twice in a command to get a listing such as that
903 in the former case. For example, instead of saying
904
905 @smallexample
906 @kbd{tar -cvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
907 @end smallexample
908
909 @noindent
910 above, you might say
911
912 @smallexample
913 @kbd{tar -cvvf afiles.tar apple angst aspic}
914 @end smallexample
915
916 @noindent
917 This works equally well using short or long forms of options. Using
918 long forms, you would simply write out the mnemonic form of the option
919 twice, like this:
920
921 @smallexample
922 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --verbose @dots{}}
923 @end smallexample
924
925 @noindent
926 Note that you must double the hyphens properly each time.
927
928 Later in the tutorial, we will give examples using @w{@option{--verbose
929 --verbose}}.
930
931 @node help tutorial
932 @unnumberedsubsec Getting Help: Using the @option{--help} Option
933
934 @table @kbd
935 @item --help
936
937 The @option{--help} option to @command{tar} prints out a very brief list of
938 all operations and option available for the current version of
939 @command{tar} available on your system.
940 @end table
941
942 @node create
943 @section How to Create Archives
944 @UNREVISED
945
946 One of the basic operations of @command{tar} is @value{op-create}, which
947 you use to create a @command{tar} archive. We will explain
948 @option{--create} first because, in order to learn about the other
949 operations, you will find it useful to have an archive available to
950 practice on.
951
952 To make this easier, in this section you will first create a directory
953 containing three files. Then, we will show you how to create an
954 @emph{archive} (inside the new directory). Both the directory, and
955 the archive are specifically for you to practice on. The rest of this
956 chapter and the next chapter will show many examples using this
957 directory and the files you will create: some of those files may be
958 other directories and other archives.
959
960 The three files you will archive in this example are called
961 @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}. The archive is called
962 @file{collection.tar}.
963
964 This section will proceed slowly, detailing how to use @option{--create}
965 in @code{verbose} mode, and showing examples using both short and long
966 forms. In the rest of the tutorial, and in the examples in the next
967 chapter, we will proceed at a slightly quicker pace. This section
968 moves more slowly to allow beginning users to understand how
969 @command{tar} works.
970
971 @menu
972 * prepare for examples::
973 * Creating the archive::
974 * create verbose::
975 * short create::
976 * create dir::
977 @end menu
978
979 @node prepare for examples
980 @subsection Preparing a Practice Directory for Examples
981
982 To follow along with this and future examples, create a new directory
983 called @file{practice} containing files called @file{blues}, @file{folk}
984 and @file{jazz}. The files can contain any information you like:
985 ideally, they should contain information which relates to their names,
986 and be of different lengths. Our examples assume that @file{practice}
987 is a subdirectory of your home directory.
988
989 Now @command{cd} to the directory named @file{practice}; @file{practice}
990 is now your @dfn{working directory}. (@emph{Please note}: Although
991 the full path name of this directory is
992 @file{/@var{homedir}/practice}, in our examples we will refer to
993 this directory as @file{practice}; the @var{homedir} is presumed.
994
995 In general, you should check that the files to be archived exist where
996 you think they do (in the working directory) by running @command{ls}.
997 Because you just created the directory and the files and have changed to
998 that directory, you probably don't need to do that this time.
999
1000 It is very important to make sure there isn't already a file in the
1001 working directory with the archive name you intend to use (in this case,
1002 @samp{collection.tar}), or that you don't care about its contents.
1003 Whenever you use @samp{create}, @command{tar} will erase the current
1004 contents of the file named by @value{op-file} if it exists. @command{tar}
1005 will not tell you if you are about to overwrite an archive unless you
1006 specify an option which does this. @FIXME{xref to the node for
1007 --backup!}To add files to an existing archive, you need to use a
1008 different option, such as @value{op-append}; see @ref{append} for
1009 information on how to do this.
1010
1011 @node Creating the archive
1012 @subsection Creating the Archive
1013
1014 To place the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz} into an
1015 archive named @file{collection.tar}, use the following command:
1016
1017 @smallexample
1018 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1019 @end smallexample
1020
1021 The order of the arguments is not very important, @emph{when using long
1022 option forms}. You could also say:
1023
1024 @smallexample
1025 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1026 @end smallexample
1027
1028 @noindent
1029 However, you can see that this order is harder to understand; this is
1030 why we will list the arguments in the order that makes the commands
1031 easiest to understand (and we encourage you to do the same when you use
1032 @command{tar}, to avoid errors).
1033
1034 Note that the part of the command which says,
1035 @w{@kbd{--file=collection.tar}} is considered to be @emph{one} argument.
1036 If you substituted any other string of characters for
1037 @kbd{collection.tar}, then that string would become the name of the
1038 archive file you create.
1039
1040 The order of the options becomes more important when you begin to use
1041 short forms. With short forms, if you type commands in the wrong order
1042 (even if you type them correctly in all other ways), you may end up with
1043 results you don't expect. For this reason, it is a good idea to get
1044 into the habit of typing options in the order that makes inherent sense.
1045 @xref{short create}, for more information on this.
1046
1047 In this example, you type the command as shown above: @option{--create}
1048 is the operation which creates the new archive
1049 (@file{collection.tar}), and @option{--file} is the option which lets
1050 you give it the name you chose. The files, @file{blues}, @file{folk},
1051 and @file{jazz}, are now members of the archive, @file{collection.tar}
1052 (they are @dfn{file name arguments} to the @option{--create} operation).
1053 @FIXME{xref here to the discussion of file name args?}Now that they are
1054 in the archive, they are called @emph{archive members}, not files.
1055 (@pxref{Definitions,members}).
1056
1057 When you create an archive, you @emph{must} specify which files you
1058 want placed in the archive. If you do not specify any archive
1059 members, @GNUTAR{} will complain.
1060
1061 If you now list the contents of the working directory (@kbd{ls}), you will
1062 find the archive file listed as well as the files you saw previously:
1063
1064 @smallexample
1065 blues folk jazz collection.tar
1066 @end smallexample
1067
1068 @noindent
1069 Creating the archive @samp{collection.tar} did not destroy the copies of
1070 the files in the directory.
1071
1072 Keep in mind that if you don't indicate an operation, @command{tar} will not
1073 run and will prompt you for one. If you don't name any files, @command{tar}
1074 will complain. You must have write access to the working directory,
1075 or else you will not be able to create an archive in that directory.
1076
1077 @emph{Caution}: Do not attempt to use @value{op-create} to add files to
1078 an existing archive; it will delete the archive and write a new one.
1079 Use @value{op-append} instead. @xref{append}.
1080
1081 @node create verbose
1082 @subsection Running @option{--create} with @option{--verbose}
1083
1084 If you include the @value{op-verbose} option on the command line,
1085 @command{tar} will list the files it is acting on as it is working. In
1086 verbose mode, the @code{create} example above would appear as:
1087
1088 @smallexample
1089 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1090 blues
1091 folk
1092 jazz
1093 @end smallexample
1094
1095 This example is just like the example we showed which did not use
1096 @option{--verbose}, except that @command{tar} generated the remaining lines
1097 @iftex
1098 (note the different font styles).
1099 @end iftex
1100 @ifinfo
1101 .
1102 @end ifinfo
1103
1104 In the rest of the examples in this chapter, we will frequently use
1105 @code{verbose} mode so we can show actions or @command{tar} responses that
1106 you would otherwise not see, and which are important for you to
1107 understand.
1108
1109 @node short create
1110 @subsection Short Forms with @samp{create}
1111
1112 As we said before, the @value{op-create} operation is one of the most
1113 basic uses of @command{tar}, and you will use it countless times.
1114 Eventually, you will probably want to use abbreviated (or ``short'')
1115 forms of options. A full discussion of the three different forms that
1116 options can take appears in @ref{Styles}; for now, here is what the
1117 previous example (including the @value{op-verbose} option) looks like
1118 using short option forms:
1119
1120 @smallexample
1121 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1122 blues
1123 folk
1124 jazz
1125 @end smallexample
1126
1127 @noindent
1128 As you can see, the system responds the same no matter whether you use
1129 long or short option forms.
1130
1131 @FIXME{i don't like how this is worded:} One difference between using
1132 short and long option forms is that, although the exact placement of
1133 arguments following options is no more specific when using short forms,
1134 it is easier to become confused and make a mistake when using short
1135 forms. For example, suppose you attempted the above example in the
1136 following way:
1137
1138 @smallexample
1139 $ @kbd{tar -cfv collection.tar blues folk jazz}
1140 @end smallexample
1141
1142 @noindent
1143 In this case, @command{tar} will make an archive file called @file{v},
1144 containing the files @file{blues}, @file{folk}, and @file{jazz}, because
1145 the @samp{v} is the closest ``file name'' to the @option{-f} option, and
1146 is thus taken to be the chosen archive file name. @command{tar} will try
1147 to add a file called @file{collection.tar} to the @file{v} archive file;
1148 if the file @file{collection.tar} did not already exist, @command{tar} will
1149 report an error indicating that this file does not exist. If the file
1150 @file{collection.tar} does already exist (e.g., from a previous command
1151 you may have run), then @command{tar} will add this file to the archive.
1152 Because the @option{-v} option did not get registered, @command{tar} will not
1153 run under @samp{verbose} mode, and will not report its progress.
1154
1155 The end result is that you may be quite confused about what happened,
1156 and possibly overwrite a file. To illustrate this further, we will show
1157 you how an example we showed previously would look using short forms.
1158
1159 This example,
1160
1161 @smallexample
1162 $ @kbd{tar blues --create folk --file=collection.tar jazz}
1163 @end smallexample
1164
1165 @noindent
1166 is confusing as it is. When shown using short forms, however, it
1167 becomes much more so:
1168
1169 @smallexample
1170 $ @kbd{tar blues -c folk -f collection.tar jazz}
1171 @end smallexample
1172
1173 @noindent
1174 It would be very easy to put the wrong string of characters
1175 immediately following the @option{-f}, but doing that could sacrifice
1176 valuable data.
1177
1178 For this reason, we recommend that you pay very careful attention to
1179 the order of options and placement of file and archive names,
1180 especially when using short option forms. Not having the option name
1181 written out mnemonically can affect how well you remember which option
1182 does what, and therefore where different names have to be placed.
1183 (Placing options in an unusual order can also cause @command{tar} to
1184 report an error if you have set the shell environment variable
1185 @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT}.)
1186
1187 @node create dir
1188 @subsection Archiving Directories
1189
1190 @cindex Archiving Directories
1191 @cindex Directories, Archiving
1192 You can archive a directory by specifying its directory name as a
1193 file name argument to @command{tar}. The files in the directory will be
1194 archived relative to the working directory, and the directory will be
1195 re-created along with its contents when the archive is extracted.
1196
1197 To archive a directory, first move to its superior directory. If you
1198 have followed the previous instructions in this tutorial, you should
1199 type:
1200
1201 @smallexample
1202 $ @kbd{cd ..}
1203 $
1204 @end smallexample
1205
1206 @noindent
1207 This will put you into the directory which contains @file{practice},
1208 i.e. your home directory. Once in the superior directory, you can
1209 specify the subdirectory, @file{practice}, as a file name argument. To
1210 store @file{practice} in the new archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1211
1212 @smallexample
1213 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1214 @end smallexample
1215
1216 @noindent
1217 @command{tar} should output:
1218
1219 @smallexample
1220 practice/
1221 practice/blues
1222 practice/folk
1223 practice/jazz
1224 practice/collection.tar
1225 @end smallexample
1226
1227 Note that the archive thus created is not in the subdirectory
1228 @file{practice}, but rather in the current working directory---the
1229 directory from which @command{tar} was invoked. Before trying to archive a
1230 directory from its superior directory, you should make sure you have
1231 write access to the superior directory itself, not only the directory
1232 you are trying archive with @command{tar}. For example, you will probably
1233 not be able to store your home directory in an archive by invoking
1234 @command{tar} from the root directory; @value{xref-absolute-names}. (Note
1235 also that @file{collection.tar}, the original archive file, has itself
1236 been archived. @command{tar} will accept any file as a file to be
1237 archived, regardless of its content. When @file{music.tar} is
1238 extracted, the archive file @file{collection.tar} will be re-written
1239 into the file system).
1240
1241 If you give @command{tar} a command such as
1242
1243 @smallexample
1244 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=foo.tar .}
1245 @end smallexample
1246
1247 @noindent
1248 @command{tar} will report @samp{tar: ./foo.tar is the archive; not
1249 dumped}. This happens because @command{tar} creates the archive
1250 @file{foo.tar} in the current directory before putting any files into
1251 it. Then, when @command{tar} attempts to add all the files in the
1252 directory @file{.} to the archive, it notices that the file
1253 @file{./foo.tar} is the same as the archive @file{foo.tar}, and skips
1254 it. (It makes no sense to put an archive into itself.) @GNUTAR{}
1255 will continue in this case, and create the archive
1256 normally, except for the exclusion of that one file. (@emph{Please
1257 note:} Other versions of @command{tar} are not so clever; they will
1258 enter an infinite loop when this happens, so you should not depend on
1259 this behavior unless you are certain you are running @GNUTAR{}.)
1260 @FIXME{bob doesn't like this sentence, since he does
1261 it all the time, and we've been doing it in the editing passes for
1262 this manual: In general, make sure that the archive is not inside a
1263 directory being dumped.}
1264
1265 @node list
1266 @section How to List Archives
1267
1268 Frequently, you will find yourself wanting to determine exactly what a
1269 particular archive contains. You can use the @value{op-list} operation
1270 to get the member names as they currently appear in the archive, as well
1271 as various attributes of the files at the time they were archived. For
1272 example, you can examine the archive @file{collection.tar} that you
1273 created in the last section with the command,
1274
1275 @smallexample
1276 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
1277 @end smallexample
1278
1279 @noindent
1280 The output of @command{tar} would then be:
1281
1282 @smallexample
1283 blues
1284 folk
1285 jazz
1286 @end smallexample
1287
1288 @FIXME{we hope this will change. if it doesn't, need to show the
1289 creation of bfiles somewhere above!!! : }
1290
1291 @noindent
1292 The archive @file{bfiles.tar} would list as follows:
1293
1294 @smallexample
1295 ./birds
1296 baboon
1297 ./box
1298 @end smallexample
1299
1300 @noindent
1301 Be sure to use a @value{op-file} option just as with @value{op-create}
1302 to specify the name of the archive.
1303
1304 If you use the @value{op-verbose} option with @option{--list}, then
1305 @command{tar} will print out a listing reminiscent of @w{@samp{ls -l}},
1306 showing owner, file size, and so forth.
1307
1308 If you had used @value{op-verbose} mode, the example above would look
1309 like:
1310
1311 @smallexample
1312 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar folk}
1313 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 folk
1314 @end smallexample
1315
1316 @cindex File name arguments, using @option{--list} with
1317 @cindex @option{--list} with file name arguments
1318 You can specify one or more individual member names as arguments when
1319 using @samp{list}. In this case, @command{tar} will only list the
1320 names of members you identify. For example, @w{@kbd{tar --list
1321 --file=afiles.tar apple}} would only print @file{apple}.
1322
1323 @FIXME{we hope the relevant aspects of this will change:}Because
1324 @command{tar} preserves paths, file names must be specified as they appear
1325 in the archive (ie., relative to the directory from which the archive
1326 was created). Therefore, it is essential when specifying member names
1327 to @command{tar} that you give the exact member names. For example,
1328 @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=bfiles birds}} would produce an error message
1329 something like @samp{tar: birds: Not found in archive}, because there is
1330 no member named @file{birds}, only one named @file{./birds}. While the
1331 names @file{birds} and @file{./birds} name the same file, @emph{member}
1332 names are compared using a simplistic name comparison, in which an exact
1333 match is necessary. @xref{absolute}.
1334
1335 However, @w{@kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar folk}} would respond
1336 with @file{folk}, because @file{folk} is in the archive file
1337 @file{collection.tar}. If you are not sure of the exact file name, try
1338 listing all the files in the archive and searching for the one you
1339 expect to find; remember that if you use @option{--list} with no file
1340 names as arguments, @command{tar} will print the names of all the members
1341 stored in the specified archive.
1342
1343 @menu
1344 * list dir::
1345 @end menu
1346
1347 @node list dir
1348 @unnumberedsubsec Listing the Contents of a Stored Directory
1349
1350 To get information about the contents of an archived directory,
1351 use the directory name as a file name argument in conjunction with
1352 @value{op-list}. To find out file attributes, include the
1353 @value{op-verbose} option.
1354
1355 For example, to find out about files in the directory @file{practice}, in
1356 the archive file @file{music.tar}, type:
1357
1358 @smallexample
1359 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=music.tar practice}
1360 @end smallexample
1361
1362 @command{tar} responds:
1363
1364 @smallexample
1365 drwxrwxrwx myself user 0 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/
1366 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 42 1990-05-21 13:29 practice/blues
1367 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 62 1990-05-23 10:55 practice/folk
1368 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 practice/jazz
1369 -rw-rw-rw- myself user 10240 1990-05-31 21:49 practice/collection.tar
1370 @end smallexample
1371
1372 When you use a directory name as a file name argument, @command{tar} acts on
1373 all the files (including sub-directories) in that directory.
1374
1375 @node extract
1376 @section How to Extract Members from an Archive
1377 @UNREVISED
1378 @cindex Extraction
1379 @cindex Retrieving files from an archive
1380 @cindex Resurrecting files from an archive
1381
1382 Creating an archive is only half the job---there is no point in storing
1383 files in an archive if you can't retrieve them. The act of retrieving
1384 members from an archive so they can be used and manipulated as
1385 unarchived files again is called @dfn{extraction}. To extract files
1386 from an archive, use the @value{op-extract} operation. As with
1387 @value{op-create}, specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file}.
1388 Extracting an archive does not modify the archive in any way; you can
1389 extract it multiple times if you want or need to.
1390
1391 Using @option{--extract}, you can extract an entire archive, or specific
1392 files. The files can be directories containing other files, or not. As
1393 with @value{op-create} and @value{op-list}, you may use the short or the
1394 long form of the operation without affecting the performance.
1395
1396 @menu
1397 * extracting archives::
1398 * extracting files::
1399 * extract dir::
1400 * extracting untrusted archives::
1401 * failing commands::
1402 @end menu
1403
1404 @node extracting archives
1405 @subsection Extracting an Entire Archive
1406
1407 To extract an entire archive, specify the archive file name only, with
1408 no individual file names as arguments. For example,
1409
1410 @smallexample
1411 $ @kbd{tar -xvf collection.tar}
1412 @end smallexample
1413
1414 @noindent
1415 produces this:
1416
1417 @smallexample
1418 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
1419 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
1420 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
1421 @end smallexample
1422
1423 @node extracting files
1424 @subsection Extracting Specific Files
1425
1426 To extract specific archive members, give their exact member names as
1427 arguments, as printed by @value{op-list}. If you had mistakenly deleted
1428 one of the files you had placed in the archive @file{collection.tar}
1429 earlier (say, @file{blues}), you can extract it from the archive without
1430 changing the archive's structure. It will be identical to the original
1431 file @file{blues} that you deleted. @FIXME{At the time of this
1432 writing, atime and ctime are not restored. Since this is a tutorial
1433 for a beginnig user, it should hardly be mentioned here. Maybe in
1434 a footnote? --gray}.
1435
1436 First, make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory, and list the
1437 files in the directory. Now, delete the file, @samp{blues}, and list
1438 the files in the directory again.
1439
1440 You can now extract the member @file{blues} from the archive file
1441 @file{collection.tar} like this:
1442
1443 @smallexample
1444 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=collection.tar blues}
1445 @end smallexample
1446
1447 @noindent
1448 If you list the files in the directory again, you will see that the file
1449 @file{blues} has been restored, with its original permissions, creation
1450 times, and owner.@FIXME{This is only accidentally true, but not in
1451 general. In most cases, one has to be root for restoring the owner, and
1452 use a special option for restoring permissions. Here, it just happens
1453 that the restoring user is also the owner of the archived members, and
1454 that the current @code{umask} is compatible with original permissions.}
1455 (These parameters will be identical to those which
1456 the file had when you originally placed it in the archive; any changes
1457 you may have made before deleting the file from the file system,
1458 however, will @emph{not} have been made to the archive member.) The
1459 archive file, @samp{collection.tar}, is the same as it was before you
1460 extracted @samp{blues}. You can confirm this by running @command{tar} with
1461 @value{op-list}.
1462
1463 @FIXME{we hope this will change:}Remember that as with other operations,
1464 specifying the exact member name is important. @w{@kbd{tar --extract
1465 --file=bfiles.tar birds}} will fail, because there is no member named
1466 @file{birds}. To extract the member named @file{./birds}, you must
1467 specify @w{@kbd{tar --extract --file=bfiles.tar ./birds}}. To find the
1468 exact member names of the members of an archive, use @value{op-list}
1469 (@pxref{list}).
1470
1471 You can extract a file to standard output by combining the above options
1472 with the @value{op-to-stdout} option (@pxref{Writing to Standard
1473 Output}).
1474
1475 If you give the @value{op-verbose} option, then @value{op-extract} will
1476 print the names of the archive members as it extracts them.
1477
1478 @node extract dir
1479 @subsection Extracting Files that are Directories
1480
1481 Extracting directories which are members of an archive is similar to
1482 extracting other files. The main difference to be aware of is that if
1483 the extracted directory has the same name as any directory already in
1484 the working directory, then files in the extracted directory will be
1485 placed into the directory of the same name. Likewise, if there are
1486 files in the pre-existing directory with the same names as the members
1487 which you extract, the files from the extracted archive will replace
1488 the files already in the working directory (and possible
1489 subdirectories). This will happen regardless of whether or not the
1490 files in the working directory were more recent than those extracted
1491 (there exist, however, special options that alter this behavior
1492 @pxref{Writing}).
1493
1494 However, if a file was stored with a directory name as part of its file
1495 name, and that directory does not exist under the working directory when
1496 the file is extracted, @command{tar} will create the directory.
1497
1498 We can demonstrate how to use @option{--extract} to extract a directory
1499 file with an example. Change to the @file{practice} directory if you
1500 weren't there, and remove the files @file{folk} and @file{jazz}. Then,
1501 go back to the parent directory and extract the archive
1502 @file{music.tar}. You may either extract the entire archive, or you may
1503 extract only the files you just deleted. To extract the entire archive,
1504 don't give any file names as arguments after the archive name
1505 @file{music.tar}. To extract only the files you deleted, use the
1506 following command:
1507
1508 @smallexample
1509 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1510 practice/folk
1511 practice/jazz
1512 @end smallexample
1513
1514 @noindent
1515 If you were to specify two @value{op-verbose} options, @command{tar}
1516 would have displayed more detail about the extracted files, as shown
1517 in the example below:
1518
1519 @smallexample
1520 $ @kbd{tar -xvvf music.tar practice/folk practice/jazz}
1521 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 practice/jazz
1522 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 practice/folk
1523 @end smallexample
1524
1525 @noindent
1526 Because you created the directory with @file{practice} as part of the
1527 file names of each of the files by archiving the @file{practice}
1528 directory as @file{practice}, you must give @file{practice} as part
1529 of the file names when you extract those files from the archive.
1530
1531 @FIXME{IMPORTANT! show the final structure, here. figure out what it
1532 will be.}
1533
1534 @node extracting untrusted archives
1535 @subsection Extracting Archives from Untrusted Sources
1536
1537 Extracting files from archives can overwrite files that already exist.
1538 If you receive an archive from an untrusted source, you should make a
1539 new directory and extract into that directory, so that you don't have
1540 to worry about the extraction overwriting one of your existing files.
1541 For example, if @file{untrusted.tar} came from somewhere else on the
1542 Internet, and you don't necessarily trust its contents, you can
1543 extract it as follows:
1544
1545 @smallexample
1546 $ @kbd{mkdir newdir}
1547 $ @kbd{cd newdir}
1548 $ @kbd{tar -xvf ../untrusted.tar}
1549 @end smallexample
1550
1551 It is also a good practice to examine contents of the archive
1552 before extracting it, using @value{op-list} option, possibly combined
1553 with @value{op-verbose}.
1554
1555 @node failing commands
1556 @subsection Commands That Will Fail
1557
1558 Here are some sample commands you might try which will not work, and why
1559 they won't work.
1560
1561 If you try to use this command,
1562
1563 @smallexample
1564 $ @kbd{tar -xvf music.tar folk jazz}
1565 @end smallexample
1566
1567 @noindent
1568 you will get the following response:
1569
1570 @smallexample
1571 tar: folk: Not found in archive
1572 tar: jazz: Not found in archive
1573 $
1574 @end smallexample
1575
1576 @noindent
1577 This is because these files were not originally @emph{in} the parent
1578 directory @file{..}, where the archive is located; they were in the
1579 @file{practice} directory, and their file names reflect this:
1580
1581 @smallexample
1582 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar}
1583 practice/folk
1584 practice/jazz
1585 practice/rock
1586 @end smallexample
1587
1588 @FIXME{make sure the above works when going through the examples in
1589 order...}
1590
1591 @noindent
1592 Likewise, if you try to use this command,
1593
1594 @smallexample
1595 $ @kbd{tar -tvf music.tar folk jazz}
1596 @end smallexample
1597
1598 @noindent
1599 you would get a similar response. Members with those names are not in the
1600 archive. You must use the correct member names in order to extract the
1601 files from the archive.
1602
1603 If you have forgotten the correct names of the files in the archive,
1604 use @w{@kbd{tar --list --verbose}} to list them correctly.
1605
1606 @FIXME{more examples, here? hag thinks it's a good idea.}
1607
1608 @node going further
1609 @section Going Further Ahead in this Manual
1610
1611 @FIXME{need to write up a node here about the things that are going to
1612 be in the rest of the manual.}
1613
1614 @node tar invocation
1615 @chapter Invoking @GNUTAR{}
1616 @UNREVISED
1617
1618 This chapter is about how one invokes the @GNUTAR{}
1619 command, from the command synopsis (@pxref{Synopsis}). There are
1620 numerous options, and many styles for writing them. One mandatory
1621 option specifies the operation @command{tar} should perform
1622 (@pxref{Operation Summary}), other options are meant to detail how
1623 this operation should be performed (@pxref{Option Summary}).
1624 Non-option arguments are not always interpreted the same way,
1625 depending on what the operation is.
1626
1627 You will find in this chapter everything about option styles and rules for
1628 writing them (@pxref{Styles}). On the other hand, operations and options
1629 are fully described elsewhere, in other chapters. Here, you will find
1630 only synthetic descriptions for operations and options, together with
1631 pointers to other parts of the @command{tar} manual.
1632
1633 Some options are so special they are fully described right in this
1634 chapter. They have the effect of inhibiting the normal operation of
1635 @command{tar} or else, they globally alter the amount of feedback the user
1636 receives about what is going on. These are the @value{op-help} and
1637 @value{op-version} (@pxref{help}), @value{op-verbose} (@pxref{verbose})
1638 and @value{op-interactive} options (@pxref{interactive}).
1639
1640 @menu
1641 * Synopsis::
1642 * using tar options::
1643 * Styles::
1644 * All Options::
1645 * help::
1646 * verbose::
1647 * interactive::
1648 @end menu
1649
1650 @node Synopsis
1651 @section General Synopsis of @command{tar}
1652
1653 The @GNUTAR{} program is invoked as either one of:
1654
1655 @smallexample
1656 @kbd{tar @var{option}@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1657 @kbd{tar @var{letter}@dots{} [@var{argument}]@dots{} [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{name}]@dots{}}
1658 @end smallexample
1659
1660 The second form is for when old options are being used.
1661
1662 You can use @command{tar} to store files in an archive, to extract them from
1663 an archive, and to do other types of archive manipulation. The primary
1664 argument to @command{tar}, which is called the @dfn{operation}, specifies
1665 which action to take. The other arguments to @command{tar} are either
1666 @dfn{options}, which change the way @command{tar} performs an operation,
1667 or file names or archive members, which specify the files or members
1668 @command{tar} is to act on.
1669
1670 You can actually type in arguments in any order, even if in this manual
1671 the options always precede the other arguments, to make examples easier
1672 to understand. Further, the option stating the main operation mode
1673 (the @command{tar} main command) is usually given first.
1674
1675 Each @var{name} in the synopsis above is interpreted as an archive member
1676 name when the main command is one of @value{op-compare}, @value{op-delete},
1677 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-list} or @value{op-update}. When naming
1678 archive members, you must give the exact name of the member in the
1679 archive, as it is printed by @value{op-list}. For @value{op-append}
1680 and @value{op-create}, these @var{name} arguments specify the names
1681 of either files or directory hierarchies to place in the archive.
1682 These files or hierarchies should already exist in the file system,
1683 prior to the execution of the @command{tar} command.
1684
1685 @command{tar} interprets relative file names as being relative to the
1686 working directory. @command{tar} will make all file names relative
1687 (by removing leading slashes when archiving or restoring files),
1688 unless you specify otherwise (using the @value{op-absolute-names}
1689 option). @value{xref-absolute-names}, for more information about
1690 @value{op-absolute-names}.
1691
1692 If you give the name of a directory as either a file name or a member
1693 name, then @command{tar} acts recursively on all the files and directories
1694 beneath that directory. For example, the name @file{/} identifies all
1695 the files in the filesystem to @command{tar}.
1696
1697 The distinction between file names and archive member names is especially
1698 important when shell globbing is used, and sometimes a source of confusion
1699 for newcomers. @xref{Wildcards}, for more information about globbing.
1700 The problem is that shells may only glob using existing files in the
1701 file system. Only @command{tar} itself may glob on archive members, so when
1702 needed, you must ensure that wildcard characters reach @command{tar} without
1703 being interpreted by the shell first. Using a backslash before @samp{*}
1704 or @samp{?}, or putting the whole argument between quotes, is usually
1705 sufficient for this.
1706
1707 Even if @var{name}s are often specified on the command line, they
1708 can also be read from a text file in the file system, using the
1709 @value{op-files-from} option.
1710
1711 If you don't use any file name arguments, @value{op-append},
1712 @value{op-delete} and @value{op-concatenate} will do nothing, while
1713 @value{op-create} will usually yield a diagnostic and inhibit @command{tar}
1714 execution. The other operations of @command{tar} (@value{op-list},
1715 @value{op-extract}, @value{op-compare}, and @value{op-update}) will act
1716 on the entire contents of the archive.
1717
1718 @cindex exit status
1719 @cindex return status
1720 Besides successful exits, @GNUTAR{} may fail for
1721 many reasons. Some reasons correspond to bad usage, that is, when the
1722 @command{tar} command is improperly written. Errors may be
1723 encountered later, while encountering an error processing the archive
1724 or the files. Some errors are recoverable, in which case the failure
1725 is delayed until @command{tar} has completed all its work. Some
1726 errors are such that it would not meaningful, or at least risky, to
1727 continue processing: @command{tar} then aborts processing immediately.
1728 All abnormal exits, whether immediate or delayed, should always be
1729 clearly diagnosed on @code{stderr}, after a line stating the nature of
1730 the error.
1731
1732 @GNUTAR{} returns only a few exit statuses. I'm really
1733 aiming simplicity in that area, for now. If you are not using the
1734 @value{op-compare} option, zero means that everything went well, besides
1735 maybe innocuous warnings. Nonzero means that something went wrong.
1736 Right now, as of today, ``nonzero'' is almost always 2, except for
1737 remote operations, where it may be 128.
1738
1739 @node using tar options
1740 @section Using @command{tar} Options
1741
1742 @GNUTAR{} has a total of eight operating modes which
1743 allow you to perform a variety of tasks. You are required to choose
1744 one operating mode each time you employ the @command{tar} program by
1745 specifying one, and only one operation as an argument to the
1746 @command{tar} command (two lists of four operations each may be found
1747 at @ref{frequent operations} and @ref{Operations}). Depending on
1748 circumstances, you may also wish to customize how the chosen operating
1749 mode behaves. For example, you may wish to change the way the output
1750 looks, or the format of the files that you wish to archive may require
1751 you to do something special in order to make the archive look right.
1752
1753 You can customize and control @command{tar}'s performance by running
1754 @command{tar} with one or more options (such as @value{op-verbose}, which
1755 we used in the tutorial). As we said in the tutorial, @dfn{options} are
1756 arguments to @command{tar} which are (as their name suggests) optional.
1757 Depending on the operating mode, you may specify one or more options.
1758 Different options will have different effects, but in general they all
1759 change details of the operation, such as archive format, archive name,
1760 or level of user interaction. Some options make sense with all
1761 operating modes, while others are meaningful only with particular modes.
1762 You will likely use some options frequently, while you will only use
1763 others infrequently, or not at all. (A full list of options is
1764 available in @pxref{All Options}.)
1765
1766 The @env{TAR_OPTIONS} environment variable specifies default options to
1767 be placed in front of any explicit options. For example, if
1768 @code{TAR_OPTIONS} is @samp{-v --unlink-first}, @command{tar} behaves as
1769 if the two options @option{-v} and @option{--unlink-first} had been
1770 specified before any explicit options. Option specifications are
1771 separated by whitespace. A backslash escapes the next character, so it
1772 can be used to specify an option containing whitespace or a backslash.
1773
1774 Note that @command{tar} options are case sensitive. For example, the
1775 options @option{-T} and @option{-t} are different; the first requires an
1776 argument for stating the name of a file providing a list of @var{name}s,
1777 while the second does not require an argument and is another way to
1778 write @value{op-list}.
1779
1780 In addition to the eight operations, there are many options to
1781 @command{tar}, and three different styles for writing both: long (mnemonic)
1782 form, short form, and old style. These styles are discussed below.
1783 Both the options and the operations can be written in any of these three
1784 styles.
1785
1786 @FIXME{menu at end of this node. need to think of an actual outline
1787 for this chapter; probably do that after stuff from chap. 4 is
1788 incorporated.}
1789
1790 @node Styles
1791 @section The Three Option Styles
1792
1793 There are three styles for writing operations and options to the command
1794 line invoking @command{tar}. The different styles were developed at
1795 different times during the history of @command{tar}. These styles will be
1796 presented below, from the most recent to the oldest.
1797
1798 Some options must take an argument. (For example, @value{op-file} takes
1799 the name of an archive file as an argument. If you do not supply an
1800 archive file name, @command{tar} will use a default, but this can be
1801 confusing; thus, we recommend that you always supply a specific archive
1802 file name.) Where you @emph{place} the arguments generally depends on
1803 which style of options you choose. We will detail specific information
1804 relevant to each option style in the sections on the different option
1805 styles, below. The differences are subtle, yet can often be very
1806 important; incorrect option placement can cause you to overwrite a
1807 number of important files. We urge you to note these differences, and
1808 only use the option style(s) which makes the most sense to you until you
1809 feel comfortable with the others.
1810
1811 Some options @emph{may} take an argument (currently, there are
1812 two such options: @value{op-backup} and @value{op-occurrence}). Such
1813 options may have at most long and short forms, they do not have old style
1814 equivalent. The rules for specifying an argument for such options
1815 are stricter than those for specifying mandatory arguments. Please,
1816 pay special attention to them.
1817
1818 @menu
1819 * Mnemonic Options:: Mnemonic Option Style
1820 * Short Options:: Short Option Style
1821 * Old Options:: Old Option Style
1822 * Mixing:: Mixing Option Styles
1823 @end menu
1824
1825 @node Mnemonic Options
1826 @subsection Mnemonic Option Style
1827
1828 @FIXME{have to decide whether or not to replace other occurrences of
1829 "mnemonic" with "long", or *ugh* vice versa.}
1830
1831 Each option has at least one long (or mnemonic) name starting with two
1832 dashes in a row, e.g.@: @option{--list}. The long names are more clear than
1833 their corresponding short or old names. It sometimes happens that a
1834 single mnemonic option has many different different names which are
1835 synonymous, such as @option{--compare} and @option{--diff}. In addition,
1836 long option names can be given unique abbreviations. For example,
1837 @option{--cre} can be used in place of @option{--create} because there is no
1838 other mnemonic option which begins with @samp{cre}. (One way to find
1839 this out is by trying it and seeing what happens; if a particular
1840 abbreviation could represent more than one option, @command{tar} will tell
1841 you that that abbreviation is ambiguous and you'll know that that
1842 abbreviation won't work. You may also choose to run @samp{tar --help}
1843 to see a list of options. Be aware that if you run @command{tar} with a
1844 unique abbreviation for the long name of an option you didn't want to
1845 use, you are stuck; @command{tar} will perform the command as ordered.)
1846
1847 Mnemonic options are meant to be obvious and easy to remember, and their
1848 meanings are generally easier to discern than those of their
1849 corresponding short options (see below). For example:
1850
1851 @smallexample
1852 $ @kbd{tar --create --verbose --blocking-factor=20 --file=/dev/rmt0}
1853 @end smallexample
1854
1855 @noindent
1856 gives a fairly good set of hints about what the command does, even
1857 for those not fully acquainted with @command{tar}.
1858
1859 Mnemonic options which require arguments take those arguments
1860 immediately following the option name. There are two ways of
1861 specifying a mandatory argument. It can be separated from the
1862 option name either by an equal sign, or by any amount of
1863 white space characters. For example, the @option{--file} option (which
1864 tells the name of the @command{tar} archive) is given a file such as
1865 @file{archive.tar} as argument by using any of the following notations:
1866 @option{--file=archive.tar} or @option{--file archive.tar}.
1867
1868 In contrast, optional arguments must always be introduced using
1869 an equal sign. For example, the @option{--backup} option takes
1870 an optional argument specifying backup type. It must be used
1871 as @option{--backup=@var{backup-type}}.
1872
1873 @node Short Options
1874 @subsection Short Option Style
1875
1876 Most options also have a short option name. Short options start with
1877 a single dash, and are followed by a single character, e.g.@: @option{-t}
1878 (which is equivalent to @option{--list}). The forms are absolutely
1879 identical in function; they are interchangeable.
1880
1881 The short option names are faster to type than long option names.
1882
1883 Short options which require arguments take their arguments immediately
1884 following the option, usually separated by white space. It is also
1885 possible to stick the argument right after the short option name, using
1886 no intervening space. For example, you might write @w{@option{-f
1887 archive.tar}} or @option{-farchive.tar} instead of using
1888 @option{--file=archive.tar}. Both @option{--file=@var{archive-name}} and
1889 @w{@option{-f @var{archive-name}}} denote the option which indicates a
1890 specific archive, here named @file{archive.tar}.
1891
1892 Short options which take optional arguments take their arguments
1893 immediately following the option letter, @emph{without any intervening
1894 white space characters}.
1895
1896 Short options' letters may be clumped together, but you are not
1897 required to do this (as compared to old options; see below). When
1898 short options are clumped as a set, use one (single) dash for them
1899 all, e.g.@: @w{@samp{@command{tar} -cvf}}. Only the last option in
1900 such a set is allowed to have an argument@footnote{Clustering many
1901 options, the last of which has an argument, is a rather opaque way to
1902 write options. Some wonder if @acronym{GNU} @code{getopt} should not
1903 even be made helpful enough for considering such usages as invalid.}.
1904
1905 When the options are separated, the argument for each option which requires
1906 an argument directly follows that option, as is usual for Unix programs.
1907 For example:
1908
1909 @smallexample
1910 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -b 20 -f /dev/rmt0}
1911 @end smallexample
1912
1913 If you reorder short options' locations, be sure to move any arguments
1914 that belong to them. If you do not move the arguments properly, you may
1915 end up overwriting files.
1916
1917 @node Old Options
1918 @subsection Old Option Style
1919 @UNREVISED
1920
1921 Like short options, old options are single letters. However, old options
1922 must be written together as a single clumped set, without spaces separating
1923 them or dashes preceding them@footnote{Beware that if you precede options
1924 with a dash, you are announcing the short option style instead of the
1925 old option style; short options are decoded differently.}. This set
1926 of letters must be the first to appear on the command line, after the
1927 @command{tar} program name and some white space; old options cannot appear
1928 anywhere else. The letter of an old option is exactly the same letter as
1929 the corresponding short option. For example, the old option @samp{t} is
1930 the same as the short option @option{-t}, and consequently, the same as the
1931 mnemonic option @option{--list}. So for example, the command @w{@samp{tar
1932 cv}} specifies the option @option{-v} in addition to the operation @option{-c}.
1933
1934 @FIXME{bob suggests having an uglier example. :-) }
1935
1936 When options that need arguments are given together with the command,
1937 all the associated arguments follow, in the same order as the options.
1938 Thus, the example given previously could also be written in the old
1939 style as follows:
1940
1941 @smallexample
1942 $ @kbd{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}
1943 @end smallexample
1944
1945 @noindent
1946 Here, @samp{20} is the argument of @option{-b} and @samp{/dev/rmt0} is
1947 the argument of @option{-f}.
1948
1949 On the other hand, this old style syntax makes it difficult to match
1950 option letters with their corresponding arguments, and is often
1951 confusing. In the command @w{@samp{tar cvbf 20 /dev/rmt0}}, for example,
1952 @samp{20} is the argument for @option{-b}, @samp{/dev/rmt0} is the
1953 argument for @option{-f}, and @option{-v} does not have a corresponding
1954 argument. Even using short options like in @w{@samp{tar -c -v -b 20 -f
1955 /dev/rmt0}} is clearer, putting all arguments next to the option they
1956 pertain to.
1957
1958 If you want to reorder the letters in the old option argument, be
1959 sure to reorder any corresponding argument appropriately.
1960
1961 This old way of writing @command{tar} options can surprise even experienced
1962 users. For example, the two commands:
1963
1964 @smallexample
1965 @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1966 @kbd{tar -cfz archive.tar.gz file}
1967 @end smallexample
1968
1969 @noindent
1970 are quite different. The first example uses @file{archive.tar.gz} as
1971 the value for option @samp{f} and recognizes the option @samp{z}. The
1972 second example, however, uses @file{z} as the value for option
1973 @samp{f} --- probably not what was intended.
1974
1975 Old options are kept for compatibility with old versions of @command{tar}.
1976
1977 This second example could be corrected in many ways, among which the
1978 following are equivalent:
1979
1980 @smallexample
1981 @kbd{tar -czf archive.tar.gz file}
1982 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1983 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar.gz -z file}
1984 @end smallexample
1985
1986 @FIXME{still could explain this better; it's redundant:}
1987
1988 @cindex option syntax, traditional
1989 As far as we know, all @command{tar} programs, @acronym{GNU} and
1990 non-@acronym{GNU}, support old options. @GNUTAR{}
1991 supports them not only for historical reasons, but also because many
1992 people are used to them. For compatibility with Unix @command{tar},
1993 the first argument is always treated as containing command and option
1994 letters even if it doesn't start with @samp{-}. Thus, @samp{tar c} is
1995 equivalent to @w{@samp{tar -c}:} both of them specify the
1996 @value{op-create} command to create an archive.
1997
1998 @node Mixing
1999 @subsection Mixing Option Styles
2000
2001 All three styles may be intermixed in a single @command{tar} command,
2002 so long as the rules for each style are fully
2003 respected@footnote{Before @GNUTAR{} version 1.11.6,
2004 a bug prevented intermixing old style options with mnemonic options in
2005 some cases.}. Old style options and either of the modern styles of
2006 options may be mixed within a single @command{tar} command. However,
2007 old style options must be introduced as the first arguments only,
2008 following the rule for old options (old options must appear directly
2009 after the @command{tar} command and some white space). Modern options
2010 may be given only after all arguments to the old options have been
2011 collected. If this rule is not respected, a modern option might be
2012 falsely interpreted as the value of the argument to one of the old
2013 style options.
2014
2015 For example, all the following commands are wholly equivalent, and
2016 illustrate the many combinations and orderings of option styles.
2017
2018 @smallexample
2019 @kbd{tar --create --file=archive.tar}
2020 @kbd{tar --create -f archive.tar}
2021 @kbd{tar --create -farchive.tar}
2022 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar --create}
2023 @kbd{tar --file=archive.tar -c}
2024 @kbd{tar -c --file=archive.tar}
2025 @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar}
2026 @kbd{tar -c -farchive.tar}
2027 @kbd{tar -cf archive.tar}
2028 @kbd{tar -cfarchive.tar}
2029 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar --create}
2030 @kbd{tar -f archive.tar -c}
2031 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar --create}
2032 @kbd{tar -farchive.tar -c}
2033 @kbd{tar c --file=archive.tar}
2034 @kbd{tar c -f archive.tar}
2035 @kbd{tar c -farchive.tar}
2036 @kbd{tar cf archive.tar}
2037 @kbd{tar f archive.tar --create}
2038 @kbd{tar f archive.tar -c}
2039 @kbd{tar fc archive.tar}
2040 @end smallexample
2041
2042 On the other hand, the following commands are @emph{not} equivalent to
2043 the previous set:
2044
2045 @smallexample
2046 @kbd{tar -f -c archive.tar}
2047 @kbd{tar -fc archive.tar}
2048 @kbd{tar -fcarchive.tar}
2049 @kbd{tar -farchive.tarc}
2050 @kbd{tar cfarchive.tar}
2051 @end smallexample
2052
2053 @noindent
2054 These last examples mean something completely different from what the
2055 user intended (judging based on the example in the previous set which
2056 uses long options, whose intent is therefore very clear). The first
2057 four specify that the @command{tar} archive would be a file named
2058 @option{-c}, @samp{c}, @samp{carchive.tar} or @samp{archive.tarc},
2059 respectively. The first two examples also specify a single non-option,
2060 @var{name} argument having the value @samp{archive.tar}. The last
2061 example contains only old style option letters (repeating option
2062 @samp{c} twice), not all of which are meaningful (eg., @samp{.},
2063 @samp{h}, or @samp{i}), with no argument value. @FIXME{not sure i liked
2064 the first sentence of this paragraph..}
2065
2066 @node All Options
2067 @section All @command{tar} Options
2068
2069 The coming manual sections contain an alphabetical listing of all
2070 @command{tar} operations and options, with brief descriptions and cross
2071 references to more in-depth explanations in the body of the manual.
2072 They also contain an alphabetically arranged table of the short option
2073 forms with their corresponding long option. You can use this table as
2074 a reference for deciphering @command{tar} commands in scripts.
2075
2076 @menu
2077 * Operation Summary::
2078 * Option Summary::
2079 * Short Option Summary::
2080 @end menu
2081
2082 @node Operation Summary
2083 @subsection Operations
2084
2085 @table @kbd
2086
2087 @item --append
2088 @itemx -r
2089
2090 Appends files to the end of the archive. @xref{append}.
2091
2092 @item --catenate
2093 @itemx -A
2094
2095 Same as @option{--concatenate}. @xref{concatenate}.
2096
2097 @item --compare
2098 @itemx -d
2099
2100 Compares archive members with their counterparts in the file
2101 system, and reports differences in file size, mode, owner,
2102 modification date and contents. @xref{compare}.
2103
2104 @item --concatenate
2105 @itemx -A
2106
2107 Appends other @command{tar} archives to the end of the archive.
2108 @xref{concatenate}.
2109
2110 @item --create
2111 @itemx -c
2112
2113 Creates a new @command{tar} archive. @xref{create}.
2114
2115 @item --delete
2116
2117 Deletes members from the archive. Don't try this on a archive on a
2118 tape! @xref{delete}.
2119
2120 @item --diff
2121 @itemx -d
2122
2123 Same @option{--compare}. @xref{compare}.
2124
2125 @item --extract
2126 @itemx -x
2127
2128 Extracts members from the archive into the file system. @xref{extract}.
2129
2130 @item --get
2131 @itemx -x
2132
2133 Same as @option{--extract}. @xref{extract}.
2134
2135 @item --list
2136 @itemx -t
2137
2138 Lists the members in an archive. @xref{list}.
2139
2140 @item --update
2141 @itemx -u
2142
2143 @FIXME{It was: A combination of the @option{--compare} and
2144 @option{--append} operations. This is not true and rather misleading,
2145 as @value{op-compare} does a lot more than @value{op-update} for
2146 ensuring files are identical.} Adds files to the end of the archive,
2147 but only if they are newer than their counterparts already in the
2148 archive, or if they do not already exist in the archive.
2149 @xref{update}.
2150
2151 @end table
2152
2153 @node Option Summary
2154 @subsection @command{tar} Options
2155
2156 @table @kbd
2157
2158 @item --absolute-names
2159 @itemx -P
2160
2161 Normally when creating an archive, @command{tar} strips an initial
2162 @samp{/} from member names. This option disables that behavior.
2163 @FIXME-xref{}
2164
2165 @item --after-date
2166
2167 (See @option{--newer}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2168
2169 @item --anchored
2170 An exclude pattern must match an initial subsequence of the name's components.
2171 @FIXME-xref{}
2172
2173 @item --atime-preserve
2174
2175 Tells @command{tar} to preserve the access time field in a file's inode when
2176 reading it. Due to limitations in the @code{utimes} system call, the
2177 modification time field is also preserved, which may cause problems if
2178 the file is simultaneously being modified by another program.
2179 This option is incompatible with incremental backups, because
2180 preserving the access time involves updating the last-changed time.
2181 Also, this option does not work on files that you do not own,
2182 unless you're root.
2183 @FIXME-xref{}
2184
2185 @item --backup=@var{backup-type}
2186
2187 Rather than deleting files from the file system, @command{tar} will
2188 back them up using simple or numbered backups, depending upon
2189 @var{backup-type}. @FIXME-xref{}
2190
2191 @item --block-number
2192 @itemx -R
2193
2194 With this option present, @command{tar} prints error messages for read errors
2195 with the block number in the archive file. @FIXME-xref{}
2196
2197 @item --blocking-factor=@var{blocking}
2198 @itemx -b @var{blocking}
2199
2200 Sets the blocking factor @command{tar} uses to @var{blocking} x 512 bytes per
2201 record. @FIXME-xref{}
2202
2203 @item --bzip2
2204 @itemx -j
2205
2206 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2207 @code{bzip2}. @FIXME-xref{}
2208
2209 @item --checkpoint
2210
2211 This option directs @command{tar} to print periodic checkpoint messages as it
2212 reads through the archive. Its intended for when you want a visual
2213 indication that @command{tar} is still running, but don't want to see
2214 @option{--verbose} output. @FIXME-xref{}
2215
2216 @item --check-links
2217 @itemx -l
2218 If this option was given, @command{tar} will check the number of links
2219 dumped for each processed file. If this number does not match the
2220 total number of hard links for the file, a warning message will be
2221 output.
2222
2223 Future versions will take @option{-l} as a short version of
2224 @option{--check-links}. However, current release still retains the old
2225 semantics for @option{-l}.
2226
2227 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2228
2229 @item --compress
2230 @itemx --uncompress
2231 @itemx -Z
2232
2233 @command{tar} will use the @command{compress} program when reading or
2234 writing the archive. This allows you to directly act on archives
2235 while saving space. @FIXME-xref{}
2236
2237 @item --confirmation
2238
2239 (See @option{--interactive}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2240
2241 @item --dereference
2242 @itemx -h
2243
2244 When creating a @command{tar} archive, @command{tar} will archive the
2245 file that a symbolic link points to, rather than archiving the
2246 symlink. @FIXME-xref{}
2247
2248 @item --directory=@var{dir}
2249 @itemx -C @var{dir}
2250
2251 When this option is specified, @command{tar} will change its current directory
2252 to @var{dir} before performing any operations. When this option is used
2253 during archive creation, it is order sensitive. @FIXME-xref{}
2254
2255 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
2256
2257 When performing operations, @command{tar} will skip files that match
2258 @var{pattern}. @FIXME-xref{}
2259
2260 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
2261 @itemx -X @var{file}
2262
2263 Similar to @option{--exclude}, except @command{tar} will use the list of
2264 patterns in the file @var{file}. @FIXME-xref{}
2265
2266 @item --exclude-caches
2267
2268 Automatically excludes all directories
2269 containing a cache directory tag. @FIXME-xref{}
2270
2271 @item --file=@var{archive}
2272 @itemx -f @var{archive}
2273
2274 @command{tar} will use the file @var{archive} as the @command{tar} archive it
2275 performs operations on, rather than @command{tar}'s compilation dependent
2276 default. @FIXME-xref{}
2277
2278 @item --files-from=@var{file}
2279 @itemx -T @var{file}
2280
2281 @command{tar} will use the contents of @var{file} as a list of archive members
2282 or files to operate on, in addition to those specified on the
2283 command-line. @FIXME-xref{}
2284
2285 @item --force-local
2286
2287 Forces @command{tar} to interpret the filename given to @option{--file}
2288 as a local file, even if it looks like a remote tape drive name.
2289 @FIXME-xref{}
2290
2291 @item --format=@var{format}
2292
2293 Selects output archive format. @var{Format} may be one of the
2294 following:
2295
2296 @table @samp
2297 @item v7
2298 Creates an archive that is compatible with Unix V7 @command{tar}.
2299
2300 @item oldgnu
2301 Creates an archive that is compatible with GNU @command{tar} version
2302 1.12 or earlier.
2303
2304 @item gnu
2305 Creates archive in GNU tar 1.13 format. Basically it is the same as
2306 @samp{oldgnu} with the only difference in the way it handles long
2307 numeric fields.
2308
2309 @item ustar
2310 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} compatible archive.
2311
2312 @item posix
2313 Creates a @acronym{POSIX.1-2001 archive}.
2314
2315 @end table
2316
2317 @xref{Formats}, for a detailed discussion of these formats.
2318
2319 @item --group=@var{group}
2320
2321 Files added to the @command{tar} archive will have a group id of @var{group},
2322 rather than the group from the source file. @var{group} is first decoded
2323 as a group symbolic name, but if this interpretation fails, it has to be
2324 a decimal numeric group ID. @FIXME-xref{}
2325
2326 Also see the comments for the @value{op-owner} option.
2327
2328 @item --gzip
2329 @itemx --gunzip
2330 @itemx --ungzip
2331 @itemx -z
2332
2333 This option tells @command{tar} to read or write archives through
2334 @command{gzip}, allowing @command{tar} to directly operate on several
2335 kinds of compressed archives transparently. @FIXME-xref{}
2336
2337 @item --help
2338
2339 @command{tar} will print out a short message summarizing the operations and
2340 options to @command{tar} and exit. @FIXME-xref{}
2341
2342 @item --ignore-case
2343 Ignore case when excluding files.
2344 @FIXME-xref{}
2345
2346 @item --ignore-failed-read
2347
2348 Do not exit unsuccessfully merely because an unreadable file was encountered.
2349 @xref{Reading}.
2350
2351 @item --ignore-zeros
2352 @itemx -i
2353
2354 With this option, @command{tar} will ignore zeroed blocks in the
2355 archive, which normally signals EOF. @xref{Reading}.
2356
2357 @item --incremental
2358 @itemx -G
2359
2360 Used to inform @command{tar} that it is working with an old
2361 @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup archive. It is intended
2362 primarily for backwards compatibility only. @FIXME-xref{}
2363
2364 @item --index-file=@var{file}
2365
2366 Send verbose output to @var{file} instead of to standard output.
2367
2368 @item --info-script=@var{script-file}
2369 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{script-file}
2370 @itemx -F @var{script-file}
2371
2372 When @command{tar} is performing multi-tape backups, @var{script-file} is run
2373 at the end of each tape. If @var{script-file} exits with nonzero status,
2374 @command{tar} fails immediately. @FIXME-xref{}
2375
2376 @item --interactive
2377 @itemx --confirmation
2378 @itemx -w
2379
2380 Specifies that @command{tar} should ask the user for confirmation before
2381 performing potentially destructive options, such as overwriting files.
2382 @FIXME-xref{}
2383
2384 @item --keep-newer-files
2385
2386 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive copies
2387 when extracting files from an archive.
2388
2389 @item --keep-old-files
2390 @itemx -k
2391
2392 Do not overwrite existing files when extracting files from an archive.
2393 @xref{Writing}.
2394
2395 @item --label=@var{name}
2396 @itemx -V @var{name}
2397
2398 When creating an archive, instructs @command{tar} to write @var{name}
2399 as a name record in the archive. When extracting or listing archives,
2400 @command{tar} will only operate on archives that have a label matching
2401 the pattern specified in @var{name}. @FIXME-xref{}
2402
2403 @item --listed-incremental=@var{snapshot-file}
2404 @itemx -g @var{snapshot-file}
2405
2406 During a @option{--create} operation, specifies that the archive that
2407 @command{tar} creates is a new @acronym{GNU}-format incremental
2408 backup, using @var{snapshot-file} to determine which files to backup.
2409 With other operations, informs @command{tar} that the archive is in
2410 incremental format. @FIXME-xref{}
2411
2412 @item --mode=@var{permissions}
2413
2414 When adding files to an archive, @command{tar} will use
2415 @var{permissions} for the archive members, rather than the permissions
2416 from the files. The program @command{chmod} and this @command{tar}
2417 option share the same syntax for what @var{permissions} might be.
2418 @xref{File permissions, Permissions, File permissions, fileutils,
2419 @acronym{GNU} file utilities}. This reference also has useful
2420 information for those not being overly familiar with the Unix
2421 permission system.
2422
2423 Of course, @var{permissions} might be plainly specified as an octal number.
2424 However, by using generic symbolic modifications to mode bits, this allows
2425 more flexibility. For example, the value @samp{a+rw} adds read and write
2426 permissions for everybody, while retaining executable bits on directories
2427 or on any other file already marked as executable.
2428
2429 @item --multi-volume
2430 @itemx -M
2431
2432 Informs @command{tar} that it should create or otherwise operate on a
2433 multi-volume @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2434
2435 @item --new-volume-script
2436
2437 (see --info-script)
2438
2439 @item -n
2440 @itemx --seek
2441
2442 Assume that the archive media supports seeks to arbitrary
2443 locations. Usually @command{tar} determines automatically whether
2444 the archive can be seeked or not. This option is intended for use
2445 in cases when such recognition fails.
2446
2447 @item --newer=@var{date}
2448 @itemx --after-date=@var{date}
2449 @itemx -N
2450
2451 When creating an archive, @command{tar} will only add files that have changed
2452 since @var{date}. If @var{date} begins with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it
2453 is taken to be the name of a file whose last-modified time specifies
2454 the date. @FIXME-xref{}
2455
2456 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
2457
2458 Like @option{--newer}, but add only files whose
2459 contents have changed (as opposed to just @option{--newer}, which will
2460 also back up files for which any status information has changed).
2461
2462 @item --no-anchored
2463 An exclude pattern can match any subsequence of the name's components.
2464 @FIXME-xref{}
2465
2466 @item --no-ignore-case
2467 Use case-sensitive matching when excluding files.
2468 @FIXME-xref{}
2469
2470 @item --no-recursion
2471
2472 With this option, @command{tar} will not recurse into directories.
2473 @FIXME-xref{}
2474
2475 @item --no-same-owner
2476 @itemx -o
2477
2478 When extracting an archive, do not attempt to preserve the owner
2479 specified in the @command{tar} archive. This the default behavior
2480 for ordinary users.
2481
2482 @item --no-same-permissions
2483
2484 When extracting an archive, subtract the user's umask from files from
2485 the permissions specified in the archive. This is the default behavior
2486 for ordinary users.
2487
2488 @item --no-wildcards
2489 Do not use wildcards when excluding files.
2490 @FIXME-xref{}
2491
2492 @item --no-wildcards-match-slash
2493 Wildcards do not match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2494 @FIXME-xref{}
2495
2496 @item --null
2497
2498 When @command{tar} is using the @option{--files-from} option, this option
2499 instructs @command{tar} to expect filenames terminated with @kbd{NUL}, so
2500 @command{tar} can correctly work with file names that contain newlines.
2501 @FIXME-xref{}
2502
2503 @item --numeric-owner
2504
2505 This option will notify @command{tar} that it should use numeric user
2506 and group IDs when creating a @command{tar} file, rather than names.
2507 @FIXME-xref{}
2508
2509 @item -o
2510 When extracting files, this option is a synonym for
2511 @option{--no-same-owner}, i.e. it prevents @command{tar} from
2512 restoring ownership of files being extracted.
2513
2514 When creating an archive, @option{-o} is a synonym for
2515 @option{--old-archive}. This behavior is for compatibility
2516 with previous versions of @GNUTAR{}, and will be
2517 removed in the future releases.
2518
2519 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2520
2521 @item --occurrence[=@var{number}]
2522
2523 This option can be used in conjunction with one of the subcommands
2524 @option{--delete}, @option{--diff}, @option{--extract} or
2525 @option{--list} when a list of files is given either on the command
2526 line or via @option{-T} option.
2527
2528 This option instructs @command{tar} to process only the @var{number}th
2529 occurrence of each named file. @var{Number} defaults to 1, so
2530
2531 @smallexample
2532 tar -x -f archive.tar --occurrence filename
2533 @end smallexample
2534
2535 @noindent
2536 will extract the first occurrence of @file{filename} from @file{archive.tar}
2537 and will terminate without scanning to the end of the archive.
2538
2539 @item --old-archive
2540 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2541
2542 @item --one-file-system
2543 @itemx -l
2544 Used when creating an archive. Prevents @command{tar} from recursing into
2545 directories that are on different file systems from the current
2546 directory.
2547
2548 Earlier versions of @GNUTAR{} understood @option{-l} as a
2549 synonym for @option{--one-file-system}. Although such usage is still
2550 allowed in the present version, it is @emph{strongly discouraged}.
2551 The future versions of @GNUTAR{} will use @option{-l} as
2552 a synonym for @option{--check-links}.
2553
2554 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
2555
2556 @item --overwrite
2557
2558 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
2559 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2560
2561 @item --overwrite-dir
2562
2563 Overwrite the metadata of existing directories when extracting files
2564 from an archive. @xref{Overwrite Old Files}.
2565
2566 @item --owner=@var{user}
2567
2568 Specifies that @command{tar} should use @var{user} as the owner of members
2569 when creating archives, instead of the user associated with the source
2570 file. @var{user} is first decoded as a user symbolic name, but if
2571 this interpretation fails, it has to be a decimal numeric user ID.
2572 @FIXME-xref{}
2573
2574 There is no value indicating a missing number, and @samp{0} usually means
2575 @code{root}. Some people like to force @samp{0} as the value to offer in
2576 their distributions for the owner of files, because the @code{root} user is
2577 anonymous anyway, so that might as well be the owner of anonymous archives.
2578
2579 This option does not affect extraction from archives.
2580
2581 @item --pax-option=@var{keyword-list}
2582
2583 This option is meaningful only with @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} archives
2584 (@FIXME-xref{}). It modifies the way @command{tar} handles the
2585 extended header keywords. @var{Keyword-list} is a comma-separated
2586 list of keyword options, each keyword option taking one of
2587 the following forms:
2588
2589 @table @asis
2590 @item delete=@var{pattern}
2591 When used with one of archive-creation command (@FIXME-xref{}),
2592 this option instructs @command{tar} to omit from extended header records
2593 that it produces any keywords matching the string @var{pattern}.
2594
2595 When used in extract or list mode, this option instructs tar
2596 to ignore any keywords matching the given @var{pattern} in the extended
2597 header records. In both cases, matching is performed using the pattern
2598 matching notation described in @acronym{POSIX 1003.2}, 3.13 @FIXME-xref{see
2599 man 7 glob}. For example:
2600
2601 @smallexample
2602 --pax-option delete=security.*
2603 @end smallexample
2604
2605 would suppress security-related information.
2606
2607 @item exthdr.name=@var{string}
2608
2609 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into the
2610 ustar header blocks for the extended headers. The name is obtained
2611 from @var{string} after substituting the following meta-characters:
2612
2613 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2614 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2615 @item %d @tab The directory name of the file, equivalent to the
2616 result of the @command{dirname} utility on the translated pathname.
2617 @item %f @tab The filename of the file, equivalent to the result
2618 of the @command{basename} utility on the translated pathname.
2619 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2620 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2621 @end multitable
2622
2623 Any other @samp{%} characters in @var{string} produce undefined
2624 results.
2625
2626 If no option @samp{exthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2627 will use the following default value:
2628
2629 @smallexample
2630 %d/PaxHeaders.%p/%f
2631 @end smallexample
2632
2633 @item globexthdr.name=@var{string}
2634 This keyword allows user control over the name that is written into
2635 the ustar header blocks for global extended header records. The name
2636 shall will be obtained from the contents of @var{string}, after the
2637 following character substitutions have been made:
2638
2639 @multitable @columnfractions .30 .70
2640 @item Meta-character @tab Replaced By
2641 @item %n @tab An integer that represents the
2642 sequence number of the global extended header record in the archive,
2643 starting at 1.
2644 @item %p @tab The process ID of the @command{tar} process.
2645 @item %% @tab A @samp{%} character.
2646 @end multitable
2647
2648 Any other @samp{%} characters in string produce undefined results.
2649
2650 If no option @samp{globexthdr.name=string} is specified, @command{tar}
2651 will use the following default value:
2652
2653 @smallexample
2654 $TMPDIR/GlobalHead.%p.%n
2655 @end smallexample
2656
2657 @noindent
2658 where @samp{$TMPDIR} represents the value of the @var{TMPDIR}
2659 environment variable. If @var{TMPDIR} is not set, @command{tar}
2660 uses @samp{/tmp}.
2661
2662 @item @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2663 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2664 will be included at the beginning of the archive in a global extended
2665 header record. When used with one of archive-reading commands,
2666 @command{tar} will behave as if it has encountered these keyword/value
2667 pairs at the beginning of the archive in a global extended header
2668 record.
2669
2670 @item @var{keyword}:=@var{value}
2671 When used with one of archive-creation commands, these keyword/value pairs
2672 will be included as records at the beginning of an extended header for
2673 each file. This is effectively equivalent to @var{keyword}=@var{value}
2674 form except that it creates no global extended header records.
2675
2676 When used with one of archive-reading commands, @command{tar} will
2677 behave as if these keyword/value pairs were included as records at the
2678 end of each extended header; thus, they will override any global or
2679 file-specific extended header record keywords of the same names.
2680 For example, in the command:
2681
2682 @smallexample
2683 tar --format=posix --create \
2684 --file archive --pax-option gname:=user .
2685 @end smallexample
2686
2687 the group name will be forced to a new value for all files
2688 stored in the archive.
2689 @end table
2690
2691 @item --portability
2692 @itemx --old-archive
2693 Synonym for @option{--format=v7}.
2694
2695 @item --posix
2696 Same as @option{--format=posix}.
2697
2698 @item --preserve
2699
2700 Synonymous with specifying both @option{--preserve-permissions} and
2701 @option{--same-order}. @FIXME-xref{}
2702
2703 @item --preserve-order
2704
2705 (See @option{--same-order}; @pxref{Reading}.)
2706
2707 @item --preserve-permissions
2708 @itemx --same-permissions
2709 @itemx -p
2710
2711 When @command{tar} is extracting an archive, it normally subtracts the
2712 users' umask from the permissions specified in the archive and uses
2713 that number as the permissions to create the destination file.
2714 Specifying this option instructs @command{tar} that it should use the
2715 permissions directly from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2716
2717 @item --read-full-records
2718 @itemx -B
2719
2720 Specifies that @command{tar} should reblock its input, for reading
2721 from pipes on systems with buggy implementations. @xref{Reading}.
2722
2723 @item --record-size=@var{size}
2724
2725 Instructs @command{tar} to use @var{size} bytes per record when accessing the
2726 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2727
2728 @item --recursion
2729
2730 With this option, @command{tar} recurses into directories.
2731 @FIXME-xref{}
2732
2733 @item --recursive-unlink
2734
2735 Remove existing
2736 directory hierarchies before extracting directories of the same name
2737 from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2738
2739 @item --remove-files
2740
2741 Directs @command{tar} to remove the source file from the file system after
2742 appending it to an archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2743
2744 @item --rmt-command=@var{cmd}
2745
2746 Notifies @command{tar} that it should use @var{cmd} instead of
2747 the default @file{/usr/libexec/rmt} (@pxref{Remote Tape Server}).
2748
2749 @item --rsh-command=@var{cmd}
2750
2751 Notifies @command{tar} that is should use @var{cmd} to communicate with remote
2752 devices. @FIXME-xref{}
2753
2754 @item --same-order
2755 @itemx --preserve-order
2756 @itemx -s
2757
2758 This option is an optimization for @command{tar} when running on machines with
2759 small amounts of memory. It informs @command{tar} that the list of file
2760 arguments has already been sorted to match the order of files in the
2761 archive. @xref{Reading}.
2762
2763 @item --same-owner
2764
2765 When extracting an archive, @command{tar} will attempt to preserve the owner
2766 specified in the @command{tar} archive with this option present.
2767 This is the default behavior for the superuser; this option has an
2768 effect only for ordinary users. @FIXME-xref{}
2769
2770 @item --same-permissions
2771
2772 (See @option{--preserve-permissions}; @pxref{Writing}.)
2773
2774 @item --show-defaults
2775
2776 Displays the default options used by @command{tar} and exits
2777 successfully. This option is intended for use in shell scripts.
2778 Here is an example of what you can see using this option:
2779
2780 @smallexample
2781 $ tar --show-defaults
2782 --format=gnu -f- -b20
2783 @end smallexample
2784
2785 @item --show-omitted-dirs
2786
2787 Instructs @command{tar} to mention directories its skipping over when
2788 operating on a @command{tar} archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2789
2790 @item --sparse
2791 @itemx -S
2792
2793 Invokes a @acronym{GNU} extension when adding files to an archive that handles
2794 sparse files efficiently. @FIXME-xref{}
2795
2796 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
2797 @itemx -K @var{name}
2798
2799 This option affects extraction only; @command{tar} will skip extracting
2800 files in the archive until it finds one that matches @var{name}.
2801 @xref{Scarce}.
2802
2803 @item --strip-components=@var{number}
2804 Strip given @var{number} of leading components from file names before
2805 extraction.@footnote{This option was called @option{--strip-path} in
2806 version 1.14.} For example, if archive @file{archive.tar} contained
2807 @file{/some/file/name}, then running
2808
2809 @smallexample
2810 tar --extract --file archive.tar --strip-components=2
2811 @end smallexample
2812
2813 @noindent
2814 would extracted this file to file @file{name}.
2815
2816 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
2817
2818 Alters the suffix @command{tar} uses when backing up files from the default
2819 @samp{~}. @FIXME-xref{}
2820
2821 @item --tape-length=@var{num}
2822 @itemx -L @var{num}
2823
2824 Specifies the length of tapes that @command{tar} is writing as being
2825 @w{@var{num} x 1024} bytes long. @FIXME-xref{}
2826
2827 @item --to-stdout
2828 @itemx -O
2829
2830 During extraction, @command{tar} will extract files to stdout rather
2831 than to the file system. @xref{Writing}.
2832
2833 @item --totals
2834
2835 Displays the total number of bytes written after creating an archive.
2836 @FIXME-xref{}
2837
2838 @item --touch
2839 @itemx -m
2840
2841 Sets the modification time of extracted files to the extraction time,
2842 rather than the modification time stored in the archive.
2843 @xref{Writing}.
2844
2845 @item --uncompress
2846
2847 (See @option{--compress}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2848
2849 @item --ungzip
2850
2851 (See @option{--gzip}.) @FIXME-pxref{}
2852
2853 @item --unlink-first
2854 @itemx -U
2855
2856 Directs @command{tar} to remove the corresponding file from the file
2857 system before extracting it from the archive. @xref{Writing}.
2858
2859 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
2860
2861 Instructs @command{tar} to access the archive through @var{prog}, which is
2862 presumed to be a compression program of some sort. @FIXME-xref{}
2863
2864 @item --utc
2865
2866 Display file modification dates in @acronym{UTC}. This option implies
2867 @option{--verbose}.
2868
2869 @item --verbose
2870 @itemx -v
2871
2872 Specifies that @command{tar} should be more verbose about the operations its
2873 performing. This option can be specified multiple times for some
2874 operations to increase the amount of information displayed. @FIXME-xref{}
2875
2876 @item --verify
2877 @itemx -W
2878
2879 Verifies that the archive was correctly written when creating an
2880 archive. @FIXME-xref{}
2881
2882 @item --version
2883
2884 @command{tar} will print an informational message about what version
2885 it is and a copyright message, some credits, and then exit.
2886 @FIXME-xref{}
2887
2888 @item --volno-file=@var{file}
2889
2890 Used in conjunction with @option{--multi-volume}. @command{tar} will keep track
2891 of which volume of a multi-volume archive its working in @var{file}.
2892 @FIXME-xref{}
2893
2894 @item --wildcards
2895 Use wildcards when excluding files.
2896 @FIXME-xref{}
2897
2898 @item --wildcards-match-slash
2899 Wildcards match @samp{/} when excluding files.
2900 @FIXME-xref{}
2901 @end table
2902
2903 @node Short Option Summary
2904 @subsection Short Options Cross Reference
2905
2906 Here is an alphabetized list of all of the short option forms, matching
2907 them with the equivalent long option.
2908
2909 @table @kbd
2910
2911 @item -A
2912
2913 @option{--concatenate}
2914
2915 @item -B
2916
2917 @option{--read-full-records}
2918
2919 @item -C
2920
2921 @option{--directory}
2922
2923 @item -F
2924
2925 @option{--info-script}
2926
2927 @item -G
2928
2929 @option{--incremental}
2930
2931 @item -K
2932
2933 @option{--starting-file}
2934
2935 @item -L
2936
2937 @option{--tape-length}
2938
2939 @item -M
2940
2941 @option{--multi-volume}
2942
2943 @item -N
2944
2945 @option{--newer}
2946
2947 @item -O
2948
2949 @option{--to-stdout}
2950
2951 @item -P
2952
2953 @option{--absolute-names}
2954
2955 @item -R
2956
2957 @option{--block-number}
2958
2959 @item -S
2960
2961 @option{--sparse}
2962
2963 @item -T
2964
2965 @option{--files-from}
2966
2967 @item -U
2968
2969 @option{--unlink-first}
2970
2971 @item -V
2972
2973 @option{--label}
2974
2975 @item -W
2976
2977 @option{--verify}
2978
2979 @item -X
2980
2981 @option{--exclude-from}
2982
2983 @item -Z
2984
2985 @option{--compress}
2986
2987 @item -b
2988
2989 @option{--blocking-factor}
2990
2991 @item -c
2992
2993 @option{--create}
2994
2995 @item -d
2996
2997 @option{--compare}
2998
2999 @item -f
3000
3001 @option{--file}
3002
3003 @item -g
3004
3005 @option{--listed-incremental}
3006
3007 @item -h
3008
3009 @option{--dereference}
3010
3011 @item -i
3012
3013 @option{--ignore-zeros}
3014
3015 @item -j
3016
3017 @option{--bzip2}
3018
3019 @item -k
3020
3021 @option{--keep-old-files}
3022
3023 @item -l
3024
3025 @option{--one-file-system}. Use of this short option is deprecated. It
3026 is retained for compatibility with the earlier versions of GNU
3027 @command{tar}, and will be changed in future releases.
3028
3029 @xref{Current status}, for more information.
3030
3031 @item -m
3032
3033 @option{--touch}
3034
3035 @item -o
3036
3037 When creating --- @option{--no-same-owner}, when extracting ---
3038 @option{--portability}.
3039
3040 The later usage is deprecated. It is retained for compatibility with
3041 the earlier versions of @GNUTAR{}. In the future releases
3042 @option{-o} will be equivalent to @option{--no-same-owner} only.
3043
3044 @item -p
3045
3046 @option{--preserve-permissions}
3047
3048 @item -r
3049
3050 @option{--append}
3051
3052 @item -s
3053
3054 @option{--same-order}
3055
3056 @item -t
3057
3058 @option{--list}
3059
3060 @item -u
3061
3062 @option{--update}
3063
3064 @item -v
3065
3066 @option{--verbose}
3067
3068 @item -w
3069
3070 @option{--interactive}
3071
3072 @item -x
3073
3074 @option{--extract}
3075
3076 @item -z
3077
3078 @option{--gzip}
3079
3080 @end table
3081
3082 @node help
3083 @section @GNUTAR{} documentation
3084
3085 Being careful, the first thing is really checking that you are using
3086 @GNUTAR{}, indeed. The @value{op-version} option
3087 will generate a message giving confirmation that you are using
3088 @GNUTAR{}, with the precise version of @GNUTAR{}
3089 you are using. @command{tar} identifies itself and
3090 prints the version number to the standard output, then immediately
3091 exits successfully, without doing anything else, ignoring all other
3092 options. For example, @w{@samp{tar --version}} might return:
3093
3094 @smallexample
3095 tar (@acronym{GNU} tar) @value{VERSION}
3096 @end smallexample
3097
3098 @noindent
3099 The first occurrence of @samp{tar} in the result above is the program
3100 name in the package (for example, @command{rmt} is another program),
3101 while the second occurrence of @samp{tar} is the name of the package
3102 itself, containing possibly many programs. The package is currently
3103 named @samp{tar}, after the name of the main program it
3104 contains@footnote{There are plans to merge the @command{cpio} and
3105 @command{tar} packages into a single one which would be called
3106 @code{paxutils}. So, who knows if, one of this days, the
3107 @value{op-version} would not yield @w{@samp{tar (@acronym{GNU}
3108 paxutils) 3.2}}}.
3109
3110 Another thing you might want to do is checking the spelling or meaning
3111 of some particular @command{tar} option, without resorting to this
3112 manual, for once you have carefully read it. @GNUTAR{}
3113 has a short help feature, triggerable through the
3114 @value{op-help} option. By using this option, @command{tar} will
3115 print a usage message listing all available options on standard
3116 output, then exit successfully, without doing anything else and
3117 ignoring all other options. Even if this is only a brief summary, it
3118 may be several screens long. So, if you are not using some kind of
3119 scrollable window, you might prefer to use something like:
3120
3121 @smallexample
3122 $ @kbd{tar --help | less}
3123 @end smallexample
3124
3125 @noindent
3126 presuming, here, that you like using @command{less} for a pager. Other
3127 popular pagers are @command{more} and @command{pg}. If you know about some
3128 @var{keyword} which interests you and do not want to read all the
3129 @value{op-help} output, another common idiom is doing:
3130
3131 @smallexample
3132 tar --help | grep @var{keyword}
3133 @end smallexample
3134
3135 @noindent
3136 for getting only the pertinent lines.
3137
3138 The perceptive reader would have noticed some contradiction in the
3139 previous paragraphs. It is written that both @value{op-version} and
3140 @value{op-help} print something, and have all other options ignored. In
3141 fact, they cannot ignore each other, and one of them has to win. We do
3142 not specify which is stronger, here; experiment if you really wonder!
3143
3144 The short help output is quite succinct, and you might have to get
3145 back to the full documentation for precise points. If you are reading
3146 this paragraph, you already have the @command{tar} manual in some
3147 form. This manual is available in printed form, as a kind of small
3148 book. It may printed out of the @GNUTAR{}
3149 distribution, provided you have @TeX{} already installed somewhere,
3150 and a laser printer around. Just configure the distribution, execute
3151 the command @w{@samp{make dvi}}, then print @file{doc/tar.dvi} the
3152 usual way (contact your local guru to know how). If @GNUTAR{}
3153 has been conveniently installed at your place, this
3154 manual is also available in interactive, hypertextual form as an Info
3155 file. Just call @w{@samp{info tar}} or, if you do not have the
3156 @command{info} program handy, use the Info reader provided within
3157 @acronym{GNU} Emacs, calling @samp{tar} from the main Info menu.
3158
3159 There is currently no @code{man} page for @GNUTAR{}.
3160 If you observe such a @code{man} page on the system you are running,
3161 either it does not long to @GNUTAR{}, or it has not
3162 been produced by @acronym{GNU}. Currently, @GNUTAR{}
3163 documentation is provided in Texinfo format only, if we
3164 except, of course, the short result of @kbd{tar --help}.
3165
3166 @node verbose
3167 @section Checking @command{tar} progress
3168
3169 @cindex Progress information
3170 @cindex Status information
3171 @cindex Information on progress and status of operations
3172 @cindex Verbose operation
3173 @cindex Block number where error occurred
3174 @cindex Error message, block number of
3175 @cindex Version of the @command{tar} program
3176
3177 @cindex Getting more information during the operation
3178 @cindex Information during operation
3179 @cindex Feedback from @command{tar}
3180
3181 Typically, @command{tar} performs most operations without reporting any
3182 information to the user except error messages. When using @command{tar}
3183 with many options, particularly ones with complicated or
3184 difficult-to-predict behavior, it is possible to make serious mistakes.
3185 @command{tar} provides several options that make observing @command{tar}
3186 easier. These options cause @command{tar} to print information as it
3187 progresses in its job, and you might want to use them just for being
3188 more careful about what is going on, or merely for entertaining
3189 yourself. If you have encountered a problem when operating on an
3190 archive, however, you may need more information than just an error
3191 message in order to solve the problem. The following options can be
3192 helpful diagnostic tools.
3193
3194 Normally, the @value{op-list} command to list an archive prints just
3195 the file names (one per line) and the other commands are silent.
3196 When used with most operations, the @value{op-verbose} option causes
3197 @command{tar} to print the name of each file or archive member as it
3198 is processed. This and the other options which make @command{tar} print
3199 status information can be useful in monitoring @command{tar}.
3200
3201 With @value{op-create} or @value{op-extract}, @value{op-verbose} used once
3202 just prints the names of the files or members as they are processed.
3203 Using it twice causes @command{tar} to print a longer listing (reminiscent
3204 of @samp{ls -l}) for each member. Since @value{op-list} already prints
3205 the names of the members, @value{op-verbose} used once with @value{op-list}
3206 causes @command{tar} to print an @samp{ls -l} type listing of the files
3207 in the archive. The following examples both extract members with
3208 long list output:
3209
3210 @smallexample
3211 $ @kbd{tar --extract --file=archive.tar --verbose --verbose}
3212 $ @kbd{tar xvvf archive.tar}
3213 @end smallexample
3214
3215 Verbose output appears on the standard output except when an archive is
3216 being written to the standard output, as with @samp{tar --create
3217 --file=- --verbose} (@samp{tar cfv -}, or even @samp{tar cv}---if the
3218 installer let standard output be the default archive). In that case
3219 @command{tar} writes verbose output to the standard error stream.
3220
3221 If @option{--index-file=@var{file}} is specified, @command{tar} sends
3222 verbose output to @var{file} rather than to standard output or standard
3223 error.
3224
3225 The @value{op-totals} option---which is only meaningful when used with
3226 @value{op-create}---causes @command{tar} to print the total
3227 amount written to the archive, after it has been fully created.
3228
3229 The @value{op-checkpoint} option prints an occasional message
3230 as @command{tar} reads or writes the archive. In fact, it prints
3231 a message each 10 records read or written. It is designed for
3232 those who don't need the more detailed (and voluminous) output of
3233 @value{op-block-number}, but do want visual confirmation that @command{tar}
3234 is actually making forward progress.
3235
3236 @FIXME{There is some confusion here. It seems that -R once wrote a
3237 message at @samp{every} record read or written.}
3238
3239 The @value{op-show-omitted-dirs} option, when reading an archive---with
3240 @value{op-list} or @value{op-extract}, for example---causes a message
3241 to be printed for each directory in the archive which is skipped.
3242 This happens regardless of the reason for skipping: the directory might
3243 not have been named on the command line (implicitly or explicitly),
3244 it might be excluded by the use of the @value{op-exclude} option, or
3245 some other reason.
3246
3247 If @value{op-block-number} is used, @command{tar} prints, along with
3248 every message it would normally produce, the block number within the
3249 archive where the message was triggered. Also, supplementary messages
3250 are triggered when reading blocks full of NULs, or when hitting end of
3251 file on the archive. As of now, if the archive if properly terminated
3252 with a NUL block, the reading of the file may stop before end of file
3253 is met, so the position of end of file will not usually show when
3254 @value{op-block-number} is used. Note that @GNUTAR{}
3255 drains the archive before exiting when reading the
3256 archive from a pipe.
3257
3258 This option is especially useful when reading damaged archives, since
3259 it helps pinpoint the damaged sections. It can also be used with
3260 @value{op-list} when listing a file-system backup tape, allowing you to
3261 choose among several backup tapes when retrieving a file later, in
3262 favor of the tape where the file appears earliest (closest to the
3263 front of the tape). @FIXME-xref{when the node name is set and the
3264 backup section written.}
3265
3266 @node interactive
3267 @section Asking for Confirmation During Operations
3268 @cindex Interactive operation
3269
3270 Typically, @command{tar} carries out a command without stopping for
3271 further instructions. In some situations however, you may want to
3272 exclude some files and archive members from the operation (for instance
3273 if disk or storage space is tight). You can do this by excluding
3274 certain files automatically (@pxref{Choosing}), or by performing
3275 an operation interactively, using the @value{op-interactive} option.
3276 @command{tar} also accepts @option{--confirmation} for this option.
3277
3278 When the @value{op-interactive} option is specified, before
3279 reading, writing, or deleting files, @command{tar} first prints a message
3280 for each such file, telling what operation it intends to take, then asks
3281 for confirmation on the terminal. The actions which require
3282 confirmation include adding a file to the archive, extracting a file
3283 from the archive, deleting a file from the archive, and deleting a file
3284 from disk. To confirm the action, you must type a line of input
3285 beginning with @samp{y}. If your input line begins with anything other
3286 than @samp{y}, @command{tar} skips that file.
3287
3288 If @command{tar} is reading the archive from the standard input,
3289 @command{tar} opens the file @file{/dev/tty} to support the interactive
3290 communications.
3291
3292 Verbose output is normally sent to standard output, separate from
3293 other error messages. However, if the archive is produced directly
3294 on standard output, then verbose output is mixed with errors on
3295 @code{stderr}. Producing the archive on standard output may be used
3296 as a way to avoid using disk space, when the archive is soon to be
3297 consumed by another process reading it, say. Some people felt the need
3298 of producing an archive on stdout, still willing to segregate between
3299 verbose output and error output. A possible approach would be using a
3300 named pipe to receive the archive, and having the consumer process to
3301 read from that named pipe. This has the advantage of letting standard
3302 output free to receive verbose output, all separate from errors.
3303
3304 @node operations
3305 @chapter @GNUTAR{} Operations
3306
3307 @menu
3308 * Basic tar::
3309 * Advanced tar::
3310 * create options::
3311 * extract options::
3312 * backup::
3313 * Applications::
3314 * looking ahead::
3315 @end menu
3316
3317 @node Basic tar
3318 @section Basic @GNUTAR{} Operations
3319
3320 The basic @command{tar} operations, @value{op-create}, @value{op-list} and
3321 @value{op-extract}, are currently presented and described in the tutorial
3322 chapter of this manual. This section provides some complementary notes
3323 for these operations.
3324
3325 @table @asis
3326 @item @value{op-create}
3327
3328 Creating an empty archive would have some kind of elegance. One can
3329 initialize an empty archive and later use @value{op-append} for adding
3330 all members. Some applications would not welcome making an exception
3331 in the way of adding the first archive member. On the other hand,
3332 many people reported that it is dangerously too easy for @command{tar}
3333 to destroy a magnetic tape with an empty archive@footnote{This is well
3334 described in @cite{Unix-haters Handbook}, by Simson Garfinkel, Daniel
3335 Weise & Steven Strassmann, IDG Books, ISBN 1-56884-203-1.}. The two most
3336 common errors are:
3337
3338 @enumerate
3339 @item
3340 Mistakingly using @code{create} instead of @code{extract}, when the
3341 intent was to extract the full contents of an archive. This error
3342 is likely: keys @kbd{c} and @kbd{x} are right next to each other on
3343 the QWERTY keyboard. Instead of being unpacked, the archive then
3344 gets wholly destroyed. When users speak about @dfn{exploding} an
3345 archive, they usually mean something else :-).
3346
3347 @item
3348 Forgetting the argument to @code{file}, when the intent was to create
3349 an archive with a single file in it. This error is likely because a
3350 tired user can easily add the @kbd{f} key to the cluster of option
3351 letters, by the mere force of habit, without realizing the full
3352 consequence of doing so. The usual consequence is that the single
3353 file, which was meant to be saved, is rather destroyed.
3354 @end enumerate
3355
3356 So, recognizing the likelihood and the catastrophical nature of these
3357 errors, @GNUTAR{} now takes some distance from elegance, and
3358 cowardly refuses to create an archive when @value{op-create} option is
3359 given, there are no arguments besides options, and @value{op-files-from}
3360 option is @emph{not} used. To get around the cautiousness of @GNUTAR{}
3361 and nevertheless create an archive with nothing in it,
3362 one may still use, as the value for the @value{op-files-from} option,
3363 a file with no names in it, as shown in the following commands:
3364
3365 @smallexample
3366 @kbd{tar --create --file=empty-archive.tar --files-from=/dev/null}
3367 @kbd{tar cfT empty-archive.tar /dev/null}
3368 @end smallexample
3369
3370 @item @value{op-extract}
3371
3372 A socket is stored, within a @GNUTAR{} archive, as a pipe.
3373
3374 @item @value{op-list}
3375
3376 @GNUTAR{} now shows dates as @samp{1996-08-30},
3377 while it used to show them as @samp{Aug 30 1996}. (One can revert to
3378 the old behavior by defining @code{USE_OLD_CTIME} in @file{src/list.c}
3379 before reinstalling.) But preferably, people should get used to ISO
3380 8601 dates. Local American dates should be made available again with
3381 full date localization support, once ready. In the meantime, programs
3382 not being localizable for dates should prefer international dates,
3383 that's really the way to go.
3384
3385 Look up @url{http://www.ft.uni-erlangen.de/~mskuhn/iso-time.html} if you
3386 are curious, it contains a detailed explanation of the ISO 8601 standard.
3387
3388 @end table
3389
3390 @node Advanced tar
3391 @section Advanced @GNUTAR{} Operations
3392
3393 Now that you have learned the basics of using @GNUTAR{}, you may want
3394 to learn about further ways in which @command{tar} can help you.
3395
3396 This chapter presents five, more advanced operations which you probably
3397 won't use on a daily basis, but which serve more specialized functions.
3398 We also explain the different styles of options and why you might want
3399 to use one or another, or a combination of them in your @command{tar}
3400 commands. Additionally, this chapter includes options which allow you to
3401 define the output from @command{tar} more carefully, and provide help and
3402 error correction in special circumstances.
3403
3404 @FIXME{check this after the chapter is actually revised to make sure
3405 it still introduces the info in the chapter correctly : ).}
3406
3407 @menu
3408 * Operations::
3409 * append::
3410 * update::
3411 * concatenate::
3412 * delete::
3413 * compare::
3414 @end menu
3415
3416 @node Operations
3417 @subsection The Five Advanced @command{tar} Operations
3418 @UNREVISED
3419
3420 In the last chapter, you learned about the first three operations to
3421 @command{tar}. This chapter presents the remaining five operations to
3422 @command{tar}: @option{--append}, @option{--update}, @option{--concatenate},
3423 @option{--delete}, and @option{--compare}.
3424
3425 You are not likely to use these operations as frequently as those
3426 covered in the last chapter; however, since they perform specialized
3427 functions, they are quite useful when you do need to use them. We
3428 will give examples using the same directory and files that you created
3429 in the last chapter. As you may recall, the directory is called
3430 @file{practice}, the files are @samp{jazz}, @samp{blues}, @samp{folk},
3431 @samp{rock}, and the two archive files you created are
3432 @samp{collection.tar} and @samp{music.tar}.
3433
3434 We will also use the archive files @samp{afiles.tar} and
3435 @samp{bfiles.tar}. @samp{afiles.tar} contains the members @samp{apple},
3436 @samp{angst}, and @samp{aspic}. @samp{bfiles.tar} contains the members
3437 @samp{./birds}, @samp{baboon}, and @samp{./box}.
3438
3439 Unless we state otherwise, all practicing you do and examples you follow
3440 in this chapter will take place in the @file{practice} directory that
3441 you created in the previous chapter; see @ref{prepare for examples}.
3442 (Below in this section, we will remind you of the state of the examples
3443 where the last chapter left them.)
3444
3445 The five operations that we will cover in this chapter are:
3446
3447 @table @kbd
3448 @item --append
3449 @itemx -r
3450 Add new entries to an archive that already exists.
3451 @item --update
3452 @itemx -r
3453 Add more recent copies of archive members to the end of an archive, if
3454 they exist.
3455 @item --concatenate
3456 @itemx --catenate
3457 @itemx -A
3458 Add one or more pre-existing archives to the end of another archive.
3459 @item --delete
3460 Delete items from an archive (does not work on tapes).
3461 @item --compare
3462 @itemx --diff
3463 @itemx -d
3464 Compare archive members to their counterparts in the file system.
3465 @end table
3466
3467 @node append
3468 @subsection How to Add Files to Existing Archives: @option{--append}
3469 @UNREVISED
3470
3471 If you want to add files to an existing archive, you don't need to
3472 create a new archive; you can use @value{op-append}. The archive must
3473 already exist in order to use @option{--append}. (A related operation
3474 is the @option{--update} operation; you can use this to add newer
3475 versions of archive members to an existing archive. To learn how to
3476 do this with @option{--update}, @pxref{update}.)
3477
3478 If you use @value{op-append} to add a file that has the same name as an
3479 archive member to an archive containing that archive member, then the
3480 old member is not deleted. What does happen, however, is somewhat
3481 complex. @command{tar} @emph{allows} you to have infinite number of files
3482 with the same name. Some operations treat these same-named members no
3483 differently than any other set of archive members: for example, if you
3484 view an archive with @value{op-list}, you will see all of those members
3485 listed, with their modification times, owners, etc.
3486
3487 Other operations don't deal with these members as perfectly as you might
3488 prefer; if you were to use @value{op-extract} to extract the archive,
3489 only the most recently added copy of a member with the same name as four
3490 other members would end up in the working directory. This is because
3491 @option{--extract} extracts an archive in the order the members appeared
3492 in the archive; the most recently archived members will be extracted
3493 last. Additionally, an extracted member will @emph{replace} a file of
3494 the same name which existed in the directory already, and @command{tar}
3495 will not prompt you about this@footnote{Unless you give it
3496 @option{--keep-old-files} option, or the disk copy is newer than the
3497 the one in the archive and you invoke @command{tar} with
3498 @option{--keep-newer-files} option}. Thus, only the most recently archived
3499 member will end up being extracted, as it will replace the one
3500 extracted before it, and so on.
3501
3502 There exists a special option that allows you to get around this
3503 behavior and extract (or list) only a particular copy of the file.
3504 This is @option{--occurrence} option. If you run @command{tar} with
3505 this option, it will extract only the first copy of the file. You
3506 may also give this option an argument specifying the number of
3507 copy to be extracted. Thus, for example if the archive
3508 @file{archive.tar} contained three copies of file @file{myfile}, then
3509 the command
3510
3511 @smallexample
3512 tar --extract --file archive.tar --occurrence=2 myfile
3513 @end smallexample
3514
3515 @noindent
3516 would extract only the second copy. @xref{Option Summary,---occurrence}, for the description of @value{op-occurrence} option.
3517
3518 @FIXME{ hag -- you might want to incorporate some of the above into the
3519 MMwtSN node; not sure. i didn't know how to make it simpler...
3520
3521 There are a few ways to get around this. (maybe xref Multiple Members
3522 with the Same Name.}
3523
3524 @cindex Members, replacing with other members
3525 @cindex Replacing members with other members
3526 If you want to replace an archive member, use @value{op-delete} to
3527 delete the member you want to remove from the archive, , and then use
3528 @option{--append} to add the member you want to be in the archive. Note
3529 that you can not change the order of the archive; the most recently
3530 added member will still appear last. In this sense, you cannot truly
3531 ``replace'' one member with another. (Replacing one member with another
3532 will not work on certain types of media, such as tapes; see @ref{delete}
3533 and @ref{Media}, for more information.)
3534
3535 @menu
3536 * appending files:: Appending Files to an Archive
3537 * multiple::
3538 @end menu
3539
3540 @node appending files
3541 @subsubsection Appending Files to an Archive
3542 @UNREVISED
3543 @cindex Adding files to an Archive
3544 @cindex Appending files to an Archive
3545 @cindex Archives, Appending files to
3546
3547 The simplest way to add a file to an already existing archive is the
3548 @value{op-append} operation, which writes specified files into the
3549 archive whether or not they are already among the archived files.
3550 When you use @option{--append}, you @emph{must} specify file name
3551 arguments, as there is no default. If you specify a file that already
3552 exists in the archive, another copy of the file will be added to the
3553 end of the archive. As with other operations, the member names of the
3554 newly added files will be exactly the same as their names given on the
3555 command line. The @value{op-verbose} option will print out the names
3556 of the files as they are written into the archive.
3557
3558 @option{--append} cannot be performed on some tape drives, unfortunately,
3559 due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use. The archive
3560 must be a valid @command{tar} archive, or else the results of using this
3561 operation will be unpredictable. @xref{Media}.
3562
3563 To demonstrate using @option{--append} to add a file to an archive,
3564 create a file called @file{rock} in the @file{practice} directory.
3565 Make sure you are in the @file{practice} directory. Then, run the
3566 following @command{tar} command to add @file{rock} to
3567 @file{collection.tar}:
3568
3569 @smallexample
3570 $ @kbd{tar --append --file=collection.tar rock}
3571 @end smallexample
3572
3573 @noindent
3574 If you now use the @value{op-list} operation, you will see that
3575 @file{rock} has been added to the archive:
3576
3577 @smallexample
3578 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3579 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3580 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3581 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3582 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3583 @end smallexample
3584
3585 @FIXME{in theory, dan will (soon) try to turn this node into what it's
3586 title claims it will become...}
3587
3588 @node multiple
3589 @subsubsection Multiple Files with the Same Name
3590
3591 You can use @value{op-append} to add copies of files which have been
3592 updated since the archive was created. (However, we do not recommend
3593 doing this since there is another @command{tar} option called
3594 @option{--update}; @pxref{update} for more information. We describe this
3595 use of @option{--append} here for the sake of completeness.) @FIXME{is
3596 this really a good idea, to give this whole description for something
3597 which i believe is basically a Stupid way of doing something? certain
3598 aspects of it show ways in which tar is more broken than i'd personally
3599 like to admit to, specifically the last sentence. On the other hand, i
3600 don't think it's a good idea to be saying that we explicitly don't
3601 recommend using something, but i can't see any better way to deal with
3602 the situation.}When you extract the archive, the older version will be
3603 effectively lost. This works because files are extracted from an
3604 archive in the order in which they were archived. Thus, when the
3605 archive is extracted, a file archived later in time will replace a
3606 file of the same name which was archived earlier, even though the older
3607 version of the file will remain in the archive unless you delete all
3608 versions of the file.
3609
3610 Supposing you change the file @file{blues} and then append the changed
3611 version to @file{collection.tar}. As you saw above, the original
3612 @file{blues} is in the archive @file{collection.tar}. If you change the
3613 file and append the new version of the file to the archive, there will
3614 be two copies in the archive. When you extract the archive, the older
3615 version of the file will be extracted first, and then replaced by the
3616 newer version when it is extracted.
3617
3618 You can append the new, changed copy of the file @file{blues} to the
3619 archive in this way:
3620
3621 @smallexample
3622 $ @kbd{tar --append --verbose --file=collection.tar blues}
3623 blues
3624 @end smallexample
3625
3626 @noindent
3627 Because you specified the @option{--verbose} option, @command{tar} has
3628 printed the name of the file being appended as it was acted on. Now
3629 list the contents of the archive:
3630
3631 @smallexample
3632 $ @kbd{tar --list --verbose --file=collection.tar}
3633 -rw-rw-rw- me user 28 1996-10-18 16:31 jazz
3634 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3635 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3636 -rw-rw-rw- me user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 rock
3637 -rw-rw-rw- me user 58 1996-10-24 18:30 blues
3638 @end smallexample
3639
3640 @noindent
3641 The newest version of @file{blues} is now at the end of the archive
3642 (note the different creation dates and file sizes). If you extract
3643 the archive, the older version of the file @file{blues} will be
3644 replaced by the newer version. You can confirm this by extracting
3645 the archive and running @samp{ls} on the directory.
3646
3647 If you wish to extract the first occurrence of the file @file{blues}
3648 from the archive, use @value{op-occurrence} option, as shown in
3649 the following example:
3650
3651 @smallexample
3652 $ @kbd{tar --extract -vv --occurrence --file=collection.tar blues}
3653 -rw-rw-rw- me user 21 1996-09-23 16:44 blues
3654 @end smallexample
3655
3656 @xref{Writing}, for more information on @value{op-extract} and
3657 @xref{Option Summary, --occurrence}, for the description of
3658 @value{op-occurrence} option.
3659
3660 @node update
3661 @subsection Updating an Archive
3662 @UNREVISED
3663 @cindex Updating an archive
3664
3665 In the previous section, you learned how to use @value{op-append} to add
3666 a file to an existing archive. A related operation is
3667 @value{op-update}. The @option{--update} operation updates a @command{tar}
3668 archive by comparing the date of the specified archive members against
3669 the date of the file with the same name. If the file has been modified
3670 more recently than the archive member, then the newer version of the
3671 file is added to the archive (as with @value{op-append}).
3672
3673 Unfortunately, you cannot use @option{--update} with magnetic tape drives.
3674 The operation will fail.
3675
3676 @FIXME{other examples of media on which --update will fail? need to ask
3677 charles and/or mib/thomas/dave shevett..}
3678
3679 Both @option{--update} and @option{--append} work by adding to the end
3680 of the archive. When you extract a file from the archive, only the
3681 version stored last will wind up in the file system, unless you use
3682 the @value{op-backup} option. @FIXME-ref{Multiple Members with the
3683 Same Name}
3684
3685 @menu
3686 * how to update::
3687 @end menu
3688
3689 @node how to update
3690 @subsubsection How to Update an Archive Using @option{--update}
3691
3692 You must use file name arguments with the @value{op-update} operation.
3693 If you don't specify any files, @command{tar} won't act on any files and
3694 won't tell you that it didn't do anything (which may end up confusing
3695 you).
3696
3697 @FIXME{note: the above parenthetical added because in fact, this
3698 behavior just confused the author. :-) }
3699
3700 To see the @option{--update} option at work, create a new file,
3701 @file{classical}, in your practice directory, and some extra text to the
3702 file @file{blues}, using any text editor. Then invoke @command{tar} with
3703 the @samp{update} operation and the @value{op-verbose} option specified,
3704 using the names of all the files in the practice directory as file name
3705 arguments:
3706
3707 @smallexample
3708 $ @kbd{tar --update -v -f collection.tar blues folk rock classical}
3709 blues
3710 classical
3711 $
3712 @end smallexample
3713
3714 @noindent
3715 Because we have specified verbose mode, @command{tar} prints out the names
3716 of the files it is working on, which in this case are the names of the
3717 files that needed to be updated. If you run @samp{tar --list} and look
3718 at the archive, you will see @file{blues} and @file{classical} at its
3719 end. There will be a total of two versions of the member @samp{blues};
3720 the one at the end will be newer and larger, since you added text before
3721 updating it.
3722
3723 (The reason @command{tar} does not overwrite the older file when updating
3724 it is because writing to the middle of a section of tape is a difficult
3725 process. Tapes are not designed to go backward. @xref{Media}, for more
3726 information about tapes.
3727
3728 @value{op-update} is not suitable for performing backups for two
3729 reasons: it does not change directory content entries, and it
3730 lengthens the archive every time it is used. The @GNUTAR{}
3731 options intended specifically for backups are more
3732 efficient. If you need to run backups, please consult @ref{Backups}.
3733
3734 @node concatenate
3735 @subsection Combining Archives with @option{--concatenate}
3736
3737 @cindex Adding archives to an archive
3738 @cindex Concatenating Archives
3739 Sometimes it may be convenient to add a second archive onto the end of
3740 an archive rather than adding individual files to the archive. To add
3741 one or more archives to the end of another archive, you should use the
3742 @value{op-concatenate} operation.
3743
3744 To use @option{--concatenate}, name the archives to be concatenated on the
3745 command line. (Nothing happens if you don't list any.) The members,
3746 and their member names, will be copied verbatim from those archives. If
3747 this causes multiple members to have the same name, it does not delete
3748 any members; all the members with the same name coexist. @FIXME-ref{For
3749 information on how this affects reading the archive, Multiple
3750 Members with the Same Name.}
3751
3752 To demonstrate how @option{--concatenate} works, create two small archives
3753 called @file{bluesrock.tar} and @file{folkjazz.tar}, using the relevant
3754 files from @file{practice}:
3755
3756 @smallexample
3757 $ @kbd{tar -cvf bluesrock.tar blues rock}
3758 blues
3759 classical
3760 $ @kbd{tar -cvf folkjazz.tar folk jazz}
3761 folk
3762 jazz
3763 @end smallexample
3764
3765 @noindent
3766 If you like, You can run @samp{tar --list} to make sure the archives
3767 contain what they are supposed to:
3768
3769 @smallexample
3770 $ @kbd{tar -tvf bluesrock.tar}
3771 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 105 1997-01-21 19:42 blues
3772 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 33 1997-01-20 15:34 rock
3773 $ @kbd{tar -tvf folkjazz.tar}
3774 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 20 1996-09-23 16:44 folk
3775 -rw-rw-rw- melissa user 65 1997-01-30 14:15 jazz
3776 @end smallexample
3777
3778 We can concatenate these two archives with @command{tar}:
3779
3780 @smallexample
3781 $ @kbd{cd ..}
3782 $ @kbd{tar --concatenate --file=bluesrock.tar jazzfolk.tar}
3783 @end smallexample
3784
3785 If you now list the contents of the @file{bluesclass.tar}, you will see
3786 that now it also contains the archive members of @file{jazzfolk.tar}:
3787
3788 @smallexample
3789 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=bluesrock.tar}
3790 blues
3791 rock
3792 jazz
3793 folk
3794 @end smallexample
3795
3796 When you use @option{--concatenate}, the source and target archives must
3797 already exist and must have been created using compatible format
3798 parameters. @FIXME-pxref{Matching Format Parameters}The new,
3799 concatenated archive will be called by the same name as the first
3800 archive listed on the command line. @FIXME{is there a way to specify a
3801 new name?}
3802
3803 Like @value{op-append}, this operation cannot be performed on some
3804 tape drives, due to deficiencies in the formats those tape drives use.
3805
3806 @cindex @code{concatenate} vs @command{cat}
3807 @cindex @command{cat} vs @code{concatenate}
3808 It may seem more intuitive to you to want or try to use @command{cat} to
3809 concatenate two archives instead of using the @option{--concatenate}
3810 operation; after all, @command{cat} is the utility for combining files.
3811
3812 However, @command{tar} archives incorporate an end-of-file marker which
3813 must be removed if the concatenated archives are to be read properly as
3814 one archive. @option{--concatenate} removes the end-of-archive marker
3815 from the target archive before each new archive is appended. If you use
3816 @command{cat} to combine the archives, the result will not be a valid
3817 @command{tar} format archive. If you need to retrieve files from an
3818 archive that was added to using the @command{cat} utility, use the
3819 @value{op-ignore-zeros} option. @xref{Ignore Zeros}, for further
3820 information on dealing with archives improperly combined using the
3821 @command{cat} shell utility.
3822
3823 @FIXME{this shouldn't go here. where should it go?} You must specify
3824 the source archives using @value{op-file} (@value{pxref-file}). If you
3825 do not specify the target archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
3826 environment variable @env{TAPE}, or, if this has not been set, the
3827 default archive name.
3828
3829 @node delete
3830 @subsection Removing Archive Members Using @option{--delete}
3831 @UNREVISED
3832 @cindex Deleting files from an archive
3833 @cindex Removing files from an archive
3834
3835 You can remove members from an archive by using the @value{op-delete}
3836 option. Specify the name of the archive with @value{op-file} and then
3837 specify the names of the members to be deleted; if you list no member
3838 names, nothing will be deleted. The @value{op-verbose} option will
3839 cause @command{tar} to print the names of the members as they are deleted.
3840 As with @value{op-extract}, you must give the exact member names when
3841 using @samp{tar --delete}. @option{--delete} will remove all versions of
3842 the named file from the archive. The @option{--delete} operation can run
3843 very slowly.
3844
3845 Unlike other operations, @option{--delete} has no short form.
3846
3847 @cindex Tapes, using @option{--delete} and
3848 @cindex Deleting from tape archives
3849 This operation will rewrite the archive. You can only use
3850 @option{--delete} on an archive if the archive device allows you to
3851 write to any point on the media, such as a disk; because of this, it
3852 does not work on magnetic tapes. Do not try to delete an archive member
3853 from a magnetic tape; the action will not succeed, and you will be
3854 likely to scramble the archive and damage your tape. There is no safe
3855 way (except by completely re-writing the archive) to delete files from
3856 most kinds of magnetic tape. @xref{Media}.
3857
3858 To delete all versions of the file @file{blues} from the archive
3859 @file{collection.tar} in the @file{practice} directory, make sure you
3860 are in that directory, and then,
3861
3862 @smallexample
3863 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3864 blues
3865 folk
3866 jazz
3867 rock
3868 practice/blues
3869 practice/folk
3870 practice/jazz
3871 practice/rock
3872 practice/blues
3873 $ @kbd{tar --delete --file=collection.tar blues}
3874 $ @kbd{tar --list --file=collection.tar}
3875 folk
3876 jazz
3877 rock
3878 $
3879 @end smallexample
3880
3881 @FIXME{I changed the order of these nodes around and haven't had a chance
3882 to fix the above example's results, yet. I have to play with this and
3883 follow it and see what it actually does!}
3884
3885 The @value{op-delete} option has been reported to work properly when
3886 @command{tar} acts as a filter from @code{stdin} to @code{stdout}.
3887
3888 @node compare
3889 @subsection Comparing Archive Members with the File System
3890 @cindex Verifying the currency of an archive
3891 @UNREVISED
3892
3893 The @option{--compare} (@option{-d}), or @option{--diff} operation compares
3894 specified archive members against files with the same names, and then
3895 reports differences in file size, mode, owner, modification date and
3896 contents. You should @emph{only} specify archive member names, not file
3897 names. If you do not name any members, then @command{tar} will compare the
3898 entire archive. If a file is represented in the archive but does not
3899 exist in the file system, @command{tar} reports a difference.
3900
3901 You have to specify the record size of the archive when modifying an
3902 archive with a non-default record size.
3903
3904 @command{tar} ignores files in the file system that do not have
3905 corresponding members in the archive.
3906
3907 The following example compares the archive members @file{rock},
3908 @file{blues} and @file{funk} in the archive @file{bluesrock.tar} with
3909 files of the same name in the file system. (Note that there is no file,
3910 @file{funk}; @command{tar} will report an error message.)
3911
3912 @smallexample
3913 $ @kbd{tar --compare --file=bluesrock.tar rock blues funk}
3914 rock
3915 blues
3916 tar: funk not found in archive
3917 @end smallexample
3918
3919 @noindent
3920 @FIXME{what does this actually depend on? i'm making a guess,
3921 here.}Depending on the system where you are running @command{tar} and the
3922 version you are running, @command{tar} may have a different error message,
3923 such as:
3924
3925 @smallexample
3926 funk: does not exist
3927 @end smallexample
3928
3929 @FIXME-xref{somewhere, for more information about format parameters.
3930 Melissa says: such as "format variations"? But why? Clearly I don't
3931 get it yet; I'll deal when I get to that section.}
3932
3933 The spirit behind the @value{op-compare} option is to check whether the
3934 archive represents the current state of files on disk, more than validating
3935 the integrity of the archive media. For this later goal, @xref{verify}.
3936
3937 @node create options
3938 @section Options Used by @option{--create}
3939
3940 The previous chapter described the basics of how to use
3941 @value{op-create} to create an archive from a set of files.
3942 @xref{create}. This section described advanced options to be used with
3943 @option{--create}.
3944
3945 @menu
3946 * Ignore Failed Read::
3947 @end menu
3948
3949 @node Ignore Failed Read
3950 @subsection Ignore Fail Read
3951
3952 @table @kbd
3953 @item --ignore-failed-read
3954 Do not exit with nonzero on unreadable files or directories.
3955 @end table
3956
3957 @node extract options
3958 @section Options Used by @option{--extract}
3959 @UNREVISED
3960
3961 @FIXME{i need to get dan to go over these options with me and see if
3962 there's a better way of organizing them.}
3963
3964 The previous chapter showed how to use @value{op-extract} to extract
3965 an archive into the filesystem. Various options cause @command{tar} to
3966 extract more information than just file contents, such as the owner,
3967 the permissions, the modification date, and so forth. This section
3968 presents options to be used with @option{--extract} when certain special
3969 considerations arise. You may review the information presented in
3970 @ref{extract} for more basic information about the
3971 @option{--extract} operation.
3972
3973 @menu
3974 * Reading:: Options to Help Read Archives
3975 * Writing:: Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
3976 * Scarce:: Coping with Scarce Resources
3977 @end menu
3978
3979 @node Reading
3980 @subsection Options to Help Read Archives
3981 @cindex Options when reading archives
3982 @cindex Reading incomplete records
3983 @cindex Records, incomplete
3984 @cindex End-of-archive entries, ignoring
3985 @cindex Ignoring end-of-archive entries
3986 @cindex Large lists of file names on small machines
3987 @cindex Small memory
3988 @cindex Running out of space
3989 @UNREVISED
3990
3991 Normally, @command{tar} will request data in full record increments from
3992 an archive storage device. If the device cannot return a full record,
3993 @command{tar} will report an error. However, some devices do not always
3994 return full records, or do not require the last record of an archive to
3995 be padded out to the next record boundary. To keep reading until you
3996 obtain a full record, or to accept an incomplete record if it contains
3997 an end-of-archive marker, specify the @value{op-read-full-records} option
3998 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} operations.
3999 @value{xref-read-full-records}.
4000
4001 The @value{op-read-full-records} option is turned on by default when
4002 @command{tar} reads an archive from standard input, or from a remote
4003 machine. This is because on BSD Unix systems, attempting to read a
4004 pipe returns however much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is
4005 less than was requested. If this option were not enabled, @command{tar}
4006 would fail as soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
4007
4008 If you're not sure of the blocking factor of an archive, you can
4009 read the archive by specifying @value{op-read-full-records} and
4010 @value{op-blocking-factor}, using a blocking factor larger than what the
4011 archive uses. This lets you avoid having to determine the blocking factor
4012 of an archive. @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4013
4014 @menu
4015 * read full records::
4016 * Ignore Zeros::
4017 @end menu
4018
4019 @node read full records
4020 @unnumberedsubsubsec Reading Full Records
4021
4022 @FIXME{need sentence or so of intro here}
4023
4024 @table @kbd
4025 @item --read-full-records
4026 @item -B
4027 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract} to read an archive which
4028 contains incomplete records, or one which has a blocking factor less
4029 than the one specified.
4030 @end table
4031
4032 @node Ignore Zeros
4033 @unnumberedsubsubsec Ignoring Blocks of Zeros
4034
4035 Normally, @command{tar} stops reading when it encounters a block of zeros
4036 between file entries (which usually indicates the end of the archive).
4037 @value{op-ignore-zeros} allows @command{tar} to completely read an archive
4038 which contains a block of zeros before the end (i.e.@: a damaged
4039 archive, or one which was created by concatenating several archives
4040 together).
4041
4042 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option is turned off by default because many
4043 versions of @command{tar} write garbage after the end-of-archive entry,
4044 since that part of the media is never supposed to be read. @GNUTAR{}
4045 does not write after the end of an archive, but seeks to
4046 maintain compatiblity among archiving utilities.
4047
4048 @table @kbd
4049 @item --ignore-zeros
4050 @itemx -i
4051 To ignore blocks of zeros (ie.@: end-of-archive entries) which may be
4052 encountered while reading an archive. Use in conjunction with
4053 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4054 @end table
4055
4056 @node Writing
4057 @subsection Changing How @command{tar} Writes Files
4058 @cindex Overwriting old files, prevention
4059 @cindex Protecting old files
4060 @cindex Modification times of extracted files
4061 @cindex Permissions of extracted files
4062 @cindex Modes of extracted files
4063 @cindex Writing extracted files to standard output
4064 @cindex Standard output, writing extracted files to
4065 @UNREVISED
4066
4067 @FIXME{need to mention the brand new option, --backup}
4068
4069 @menu
4070 * Dealing with Old Files::
4071 * Overwrite Old Files::
4072 * Keep Old Files::
4073 * Keep Newer Files::
4074 * Unlink First::
4075 * Recursive Unlink::
4076 * Modification Times::
4077 * Setting Access Permissions::
4078 * Writing to Standard Output::
4079 * remove files::
4080 @end menu
4081
4082 @node Dealing with Old Files
4083 @unnumberedsubsubsec Options Controlling the Overwriting of Existing Files
4084
4085 When extracting files, if @command{tar} discovers that the extracted
4086 file already exists, it normally replaces the file by removing it before
4087 extracting it, to prevent confusion in the presence of hard or symbolic
4088 links. (If the existing file is a symbolic link, it is removed, not
4089 followed.) However, if a directory cannot be removed because it is
4090 nonempty, @command{tar} normally overwrites its metadata (ownership,
4091 permission, etc.). The @option{--overwrite-dir} option enables this
4092 default behavior. To be more cautious and preserve the metadata of
4093 such a directory, use the @option{--no-overwrite-dir} option.
4094
4095 To be even more cautious and prevent existing files from being replaced, use
4096 the @value{op-keep-old-files} option. It causes @command{tar} to refuse
4097 to replace or update a file that already exists, i.e., a file with the
4098 same name as an archive member prevents extraction of that archive
4099 member. Instead, it reports an error.
4100
4101 To be more aggressive about altering existing files, use the
4102 @value{op-overwrite} option. It causes @command{tar} to overwrite
4103 existing files and to follow existing symbolic links when extracting.
4104
4105 Some people argue that @GNUTAR{} should not hesitate
4106 to overwrite files with other files when extracting. When extracting
4107 a @command{tar} archive, they expect to see a faithful copy of the
4108 state of the filesystem when the archive was created. It is debatable
4109 that this would always be a proper behavior. For example, suppose one
4110 has an archive in which @file{usr/local} is a link to
4111 @file{usr/local2}. Since then, maybe the site removed the link and
4112 renamed the whole hierarchy from @file{/usr/local2} to
4113 @file{/usr/local}. Such things happen all the time. I guess it would
4114 not be welcome at all that @GNUTAR{} removes the
4115 whole hierarchy just to make room for the link to be reinstated
4116 (unless it @emph{also} simultaneously restores the full
4117 @file{/usr/local2}, of course!) @GNUTAR{} is indeed
4118 able to remove a whole hierarchy to reestablish a symbolic link, for
4119 example, but @emph{only if} @value{op-recursive-unlink} is specified
4120 to allow this behavior. In any case, single files are silently
4121 removed.
4122
4123 Finally, the @value{op-unlink-first} option can improve performance in
4124 some cases by causing @command{tar} to remove files unconditionally
4125 before extracting them.
4126
4127 @node Overwrite Old Files
4128 @unnumberedsubsubsec Overwrite Old Files
4129
4130 @table @kbd
4131 @item --overwrite
4132 Overwrite existing files and directory metadata when extracting files
4133 from an archive.
4134
4135 This
4136 causes @command{tar} to write extracted files into the file system without
4137 regard to the files already on the system; i.e., files with the same
4138 names as archive members are overwritten when the archive is extracted.
4139 It also causes @command{tar} to extract the ownership, permissions,
4140 and time stamps onto any preexisting files or directories.
4141 If the name of a corresponding file name is a symbolic link, the file
4142 pointed to by the symbolic link will be overwritten instead of the
4143 symbolic link itself (if this is possible). Moreover, special devices,
4144 empty directories and even symbolic links are automatically removed if
4145 they are in the way of extraction.
4146
4147 Be careful when using the @value{op-overwrite} option, particularly when
4148 combined with the @value{op-absolute-names} option, as this combination
4149 can change the contents, ownership or permissions of any file on your
4150 system. Also, many systems do not take kindly to overwriting files that
4151 are currently being executed.
4152
4153 @item --overwrite-dir
4154 Overwrite the metadata of directories when extracting files from an
4155 archive, but remove other files before extracting.
4156 @end table
4157
4158 @node Keep Old Files
4159 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Old Files
4160
4161 @table @kbd
4162 @item --keep-old-files
4163 @itemx -k
4164 Do not replace existing files from archive. The
4165 @value{op-keep-old-files} option prevents @command{tar} from replacing
4166 existing files with files with the same name from the archive.
4167 The @value{op-keep-old-files} option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4168 Prevents @command{tar} from replacing files in the file system during
4169 extraction.
4170 @end table
4171
4172 @node Keep Newer Files
4173 @unnumberedsubsubsec Keep Newer Files
4174
4175 @table @kbd
4176 @item --keep-newer-files
4177 Do not replace existing files that are newer than their archive
4178 copies. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4179 @end table
4180
4181 @node Unlink First
4182 @unnumberedsubsubsec Unlink First
4183
4184 @table @kbd
4185 @item --unlink-first
4186 @itemx -U
4187 Remove files before extracting over them.
4188 This can make @command{tar} run a bit faster if you know in advance
4189 that the extracted files all need to be removed. Normally this option
4190 slows @command{tar} down slightly, so it is disabled by default.
4191 @end table
4192
4193 @node Recursive Unlink
4194 @unnumberedsubsubsec Recursive Unlink
4195
4196 @table @kbd
4197 @item --recursive-unlink
4198 When this option is specified, try removing files and directory hierarchies
4199 before extracting over them. @emph{This is a dangerous option!}
4200 @end table
4201
4202 If you specify the @value{op-recursive-unlink} option,
4203 @command{tar} removes @emph{anything} that keeps you from extracting a file
4204 as far as current permissions will allow it. This could include removal
4205 of the contents of a full directory hierarchy.
4206
4207 @node Modification Times
4208 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Modification Times
4209
4210 Normally, @command{tar} sets the modification times of extracted files to
4211 the modification times recorded for the files in the archive, but
4212 limits the permissions of extracted files by the current @code{umask}
4213 setting.
4214
4215 To set the modification times of extracted files to the time when
4216 the files were extracted, use the @value{op-touch} option in
4217 conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4218
4219 @table @kbd
4220 @item --touch
4221 @itemx -m
4222 Sets the modification time of extracted archive members to the time
4223 they were extracted, not the time recorded for them in the archive.
4224 Use in conjunction with @value{op-extract}.
4225 @end table
4226
4227 @node Setting Access Permissions
4228 @unnumberedsubsubsec Setting Access Permissions
4229
4230 To set the modes (access permissions) of extracted files to those
4231 recorded for those files in the archive, use @option{--same-permissions}
4232 in conjunction with the @value{op-extract} operation. @FIXME{Should be
4233 aliased to ignore-umask.}
4234
4235 @table @kbd
4236 @item --preserve-permission
4237 @itemx --same-permission
4238 @itemx --ignore-umask
4239 @itemx -p
4240 Set modes of extracted archive members to those recorded in the
4241 archive, instead of current umask settings. Use in conjunction with
4242 @value{op-extract}.
4243 @end table
4244
4245 @FIXME{Following paragraph needs to be rewritten: why doesn't this cat
4246 files together, why is this useful. is it really useful with
4247 more than one file?}
4248
4249 @node Writing to Standard Output
4250 @unnumberedsubsubsec Writing to Standard Output
4251
4252 To write the extracted files to the standard output, instead of
4253 creating the files on the file system, use @value{op-to-stdout} in
4254 conjunction with @value{op-extract}. This option is useful if you are
4255 extracting files to send them through a pipe, and do not need to
4256 preserve them in the file system. If you extract multiple members,
4257 they appear on standard output concatenated, in the order they are
4258 found in the archive.
4259
4260 @table @kbd
4261 @item --to-stdout
4262 @itemx -O
4263 Writes files to the standard output. Used in conjunction with
4264 @value{op-extract}. Extract files to standard output. When this option
4265 is used, instead of creating the files specified, @command{tar} writes
4266 the contents of the files extracted to its standard output. This may
4267 be useful if you are only extracting the files in order to send them
4268 through a pipe. This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
4269 @end table
4270
4271 This can be useful, for example, if you have a tar archive containing
4272 a big file and don't want to store the file on disk before processing
4273 it. You can use a command like this:
4274
4275 @smallexample
4276 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile | process
4277 @end smallexample
4278
4279 or even like this if you want to process the concatenation of the files:
4280
4281 @smallexample
4282 tar -xOzf foo.tgz bigfile1 bigfile2 | process
4283 @end smallexample
4284
4285 @node remove files
4286 @unnumberedsubsubsec Removing Files
4287
4288 @FIXME{the various macros in the front of the manual think that this
4289 option goes in this section. i have no idea; i only know it's nowhere
4290 else in the book...}
4291
4292 @table @kbd
4293 @item --remove-files
4294 Remove files after adding them to the archive.
4295 @end table
4296
4297 @node Scarce
4298 @subsection Coping with Scarce Resources
4299 @cindex Middle of the archive, starting in the
4300 @cindex Running out of space during extraction
4301 @cindex Disk space, running out of
4302 @cindex Space on the disk, recovering from lack of
4303 @UNREVISED
4304
4305 @menu
4306 * Starting File::
4307 * Same Order::
4308 @end menu
4309
4310 @node Starting File
4311 @unnumberedsubsubsec Starting File
4312
4313 @table @kbd
4314 @item --starting-file=@var{name}
4315 @itemx -K @var{name}
4316 Starts an operation in the middle of an archive. Use in conjunction
4317 with @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list}.
4318 @end table
4319
4320 If a previous attempt to extract files failed due to lack of disk
4321 space, you can use @value{op-starting-file} to start extracting only
4322 after member @var{name} of the archive. This assumes, of course, that
4323 there is now free space, or that you are now extracting into a
4324 different file system. (You could also choose to suspend @command{tar},
4325 remove unnecessary files from the file system, and then restart the
4326 same @command{tar} operation. In this case, @value{op-starting-file} is
4327 not necessary. @value{xref-incremental}, @value{xref-interactive},
4328 and @value{ref-exclude}.)
4329
4330 @node Same Order
4331 @unnumberedsubsubsec Same Order
4332
4333 @table @kbd
4334 @item --same-order
4335 @itemx --preserve-order
4336 @itemx -s
4337 To process large lists of file names on machines with small amounts of
4338 memory. Use in conjunction with @value{op-compare},
4339 @value{op-list}
4340 or @value{op-extract}.
4341 @end table
4342
4343 @FIXME{we don't need/want --preserve to exist any more (from melissa:
4344 ie, don't want that *version* of the option to exist, or don't want
4345 the option to exist in either version?}
4346
4347 @FIXME{i think this explanation is lacking.}
4348
4349 The @value{op-same-order} option tells @command{tar} that the list of file
4350 names to be listed or extracted is sorted in the same order as the
4351 files in the archive. This allows a large list of names to be used,
4352 even on a small machine that would not otherwise be able to hold all
4353 the names in memory at the same time. Such a sorted list can easily be
4354 created by running @samp{tar -t} on the archive and editing its output.
4355
4356 This option is probably never needed on modern computer systems.
4357
4358 @node backup
4359 @section Backup options
4360
4361 @cindex backup options
4362
4363 @GNUTAR{} offers options for making backups of files
4364 before writing new versions. These options control the details of
4365 these backups. They may apply to the archive itself before it is
4366 created or rewritten, as well as individual extracted members. Other
4367 @acronym{GNU} programs (@command{cp}, @command{install}, @command{ln},
4368 and @command{mv}, for example) offer similar options.
4369
4370 Backup options may prove unexpectedly useful when extracting archives
4371 containing many members having identical name, or when extracting archives
4372 on systems having file name limitations, making different members appear
4373 has having similar names through the side-effect of name truncation.
4374 (This is true only if we have a good scheme for truncated backup names,
4375 which I'm not sure at all: I suspect work is needed in this area.)
4376 When any existing file is backed up before being overwritten by extraction,
4377 then clashing files are automatically be renamed to be unique, and the
4378 true name is kept for only the last file of a series of clashing files.
4379 By using verbose mode, users may track exactly what happens.
4380
4381 At the detail level, some decisions are still experimental, and may
4382 change in the future, we are waiting comments from our users. So, please
4383 do not learn to depend blindly on the details of the backup features.
4384 For example, currently, directories themselves are never renamed through
4385 using these options, so, extracting a file over a directory still has
4386 good chances to fail. Also, backup options apply to created archives,
4387 not only to extracted members. For created archives, backups will not
4388 be attempted when the archive is a block or character device, or when it
4389 refers to a remote file.
4390
4391 For the sake of simplicity and efficiency, backups are made by renaming old
4392 files prior to creation or extraction, and not by copying. The original
4393 name is restored if the file creation fails. If a failure occurs after a
4394 partial extraction of a file, both the backup and the partially extracted
4395 file are kept.
4396
4397 @table @samp
4398
4399 @item --backup[=@var{method}]
4400 @opindex --backup
4401 @vindex VERSION_CONTROL
4402 @cindex backups
4403 Back up files that are about to be overwritten or removed.
4404 Without this option, the original versions are destroyed.
4405
4406 Use @var{method} to determine the type of backups made.
4407 If @var{method} is not specified, use the value of the @env{VERSION_CONTROL}
4408 environment variable. And if @env{VERSION_CONTROL} is not set,
4409 use the @samp{existing} method.
4410
4411 @vindex version-control @r{Emacs variable}
4412 This option corresponds to the Emacs variable @samp{version-control};
4413 the same values for @var{method} are accepted as in Emacs. This option
4414 also allows more descriptive names. The valid @var{method}s are:
4415
4416 @table @samp
4417 @item t
4418 @itemx numbered
4419 @opindex numbered @r{backup method}
4420 Always make numbered backups.
4421
4422 @item nil
4423 @itemx existing
4424 @opindex existing @r{backup method}
4425 Make numbered backups of files that already have them, simple backups
4426 of the others.
4427
4428 @item never
4429 @itemx simple
4430 @opindex simple @r{backup method}
4431 Always make simple backups.
4432
4433 @end table
4434
4435 @item --suffix=@var{suffix}
4436 @opindex --suffix
4437 @cindex backup suffix
4438 @vindex SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX
4439 Append @var{suffix} to each backup file made with @option{--backup}. If this
4440 option is not specified, the value of the @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX}
4441 environment variable is used. And if @env{SIMPLE_BACKUP_SUFFIX} is not
4442 set, the default is @samp{~}, just as in Emacs.
4443
4444 @end table
4445
4446 Some people express the desire to @emph{always} use the @value{op-backup}
4447 option, by defining some kind of alias or script. This is not as easy
4448 as one may think, due to the fact that old style options should appear first
4449 and consume arguments a bit unpredictably for an alias or script. But,
4450 if you are ready to give up using old style options, you may resort to
4451 using something like (a Bourne shell function here):
4452
4453 @smallexample
4454 tar () @{ /usr/local/bin/tar --backup $*; @}
4455 @end smallexample
4456
4457 @node Applications
4458 @section Notable @command{tar} Usages
4459 @UNREVISED
4460
4461 @FIXME{Using Unix file linking capability to recreate directory
4462 structures---linking files into one subdirectory and then
4463 @command{tar}ring that directory.}
4464
4465 @FIXME{Nice hairy example using absolute-names, newer, etc.}
4466
4467 @findex uuencode
4468 You can easily use archive files to transport a group of files from
4469 one system to another: put all relevant files into an archive on one
4470 computer system, transfer the archive to another system, and extract
4471 the contents there. The basic transfer medium might be magnetic tape,
4472 Internet FTP, or even electronic mail (though you must encode the
4473 archive with @command{uuencode} in order to transport it properly by
4474 mail). Both machines do not have to use the same operating system, as
4475 long as they both support the @command{tar} program.
4476
4477 For example, here is how you might copy a directory's contents from
4478 one disk to another, while preserving the dates, modes, owners and
4479 link-structure of all the files therein. In this case, the transfer
4480 medium is a @dfn{pipe}, which is one a Unix redirection mechanism:
4481
4482 @smallexample
4483 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
4484 @end smallexample
4485
4486 @noindent
4487 The command also works using short option forms:
4488
4489 @smallexample
4490 $ @w{@kbd{cd sourcedir; tar --create --file=- . | (cd targetdir; tar --extract --file=-)}}
4491 @end smallexample
4492
4493 @noindent
4494 This is one of the easiest methods to transfer a @command{tar} archive.
4495
4496 @node looking ahead
4497 @section Looking Ahead: The Rest of this Manual
4498
4499 You have now seen how to use all eight of the operations available to
4500 @command{tar}, and a number of the possible options. The next chapter
4501 explains how to choose and change file and archive names, how to use
4502 files to store names of other files which you can then call as
4503 arguments to @command{tar} (this can help you save time if you expect to
4504 archive the same list of files a number of times), and so forth.
4505 @FIXME{in case it's not obvious, i'm making this up in some sense
4506 based on my limited memory of what the next chapter *really* does. i
4507 just wanted to flesh out this final section a little bit so i'd
4508 remember to stick it in here. :-)}
4509
4510 If there are too many files to conveniently list on the command line,
4511 you can list the names in a file, and @command{tar} will read that file.
4512 @value{xref-files-from}.
4513
4514 There are various ways of causing @command{tar} to skip over some files,
4515 and not archive them. @xref{Choosing}.
4516
4517 @node Backups
4518 @chapter Performing Backups and Restoring Files
4519 @UNREVISED
4520
4521 @GNUTAR{} is distributed along with the scripts
4522 which the Free Software Foundation uses for performing backups. There
4523 is no corresponding scripts available yet for doing restoration of
4524 files. Even if there is a good chance those scripts may be satisfying
4525 to you, they are not the only scripts or methods available for doing
4526 backups and restore. You may well create your own, or use more
4527 sophisticated packages dedicated to that purpose.
4528
4529 Some users are enthusiastic about @code{Amanda} (The Advanced Maryland
4530 Automatic Network Disk Archiver), a backup system developed by James
4531 da Silva @file{jds@@cs.umd.edu} and available on many Unix systems.
4532 This is free software, and it is available at these places:
4533
4534 @smallexample
4535 http://www.cs.umd.edu/projects/amanda/amanda.html
4536 ftp://ftp.cs.umd.edu/pub/amanda
4537 @end smallexample
4538
4539 @ifclear PUBLISH
4540
4541 Here is a possible plan for a future documentation about the backuping
4542 scripts which are provided within the @GNUTAR{}
4543 distribution.
4544
4545 @smallexample
4546 .* dumps
4547 . + what are dumps
4548
4549 . + different levels of dumps
4550 . - full dump = dump everything
4551 . - level 1, level 2 dumps etc, -
4552 A level n dump dumps everything changed since the last level
4553 n-1 dump (?)
4554
4555 . + how to use scripts for dumps (ie, the concept)
4556 . - scripts to run after editing backup specs (details)
4557
4558 . + Backup Specs, what is it.
4559 . - how to customize
4560 . - actual text of script [/sp/dump/backup-specs]
4561
4562 . + Problems
4563 . - rsh doesn't work
4564 . - rtape isn't installed
4565 . - (others?)
4566
4567 . + the --incremental option of tar
4568
4569 . + tapes
4570 . - write protection
4571 . - types of media
4572 . : different sizes and types, useful for different things
4573 . - files and tape marks
4574 one tape mark between files, two at end.
4575 . - positioning the tape
4576 MT writes two at end of write,
4577 backspaces over one when writing again.
4578 @end smallexample
4579
4580 @end ifclear
4581
4582 This chapter documents both the provided shell scripts and @command{tar}
4583 options which are more specific to usage as a backup tool.
4584
4585 To @dfn{back up} a file system means to create archives that contain
4586 all the files in that file system. Those archives can then be used to
4587 restore any or all of those files (for instance if a disk crashes or a
4588 file is accidentally deleted). File system @dfn{backups} are also
4589 called @dfn{dumps}.
4590
4591 @menu
4592 * Full Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4593 * Inc Dumps:: Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4594 * incremental and listed-incremental:: The Incremental Options
4595 * Backup Levels:: Levels of Backups
4596 * Backup Parameters:: Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4597 * Scripted Backups:: Using the Backup Scripts
4598 * Scripted Restoration:: Using the Restore Script
4599 @end menu
4600
4601 @node Full Dumps
4602 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Full Dumps
4603 @UNREVISED
4604
4605 @cindex full dumps
4606 @cindex dumps, full
4607
4608 @cindex corrupted archives
4609 Full dumps should only be made when no other people or programs
4610 are modifying files in the filesystem. If files are modified while
4611 @command{tar} is making the backup, they may not be stored properly in
4612 the archive, in which case you won't be able to restore them if you
4613 have to. (Files not being modified are written with no trouble, and do
4614 not corrupt the entire archive.)
4615
4616 You will want to use the @value{op-label} option to give the archive a
4617 volume label, so you can tell what this archive is even if the label
4618 falls off the tape, or anything like that.
4619
4620 Unless the filesystem you are dumping is guaranteed to fit on
4621 one volume, you will need to use the @value{op-multi-volume} option.
4622 Make sure you have enough tapes on hand to complete the backup.
4623
4624 If you want to dump each filesystem separately you will need to use
4625 the @value{op-one-file-system} option to prevent @command{tar} from crossing
4626 filesystem boundaries when storing (sub)directories.
4627
4628 The @value{op-incremental} option is not needed, since this is a complete
4629 copy of everything in the filesystem, and a full restore from this
4630 backup would only be done onto a completely empty disk.
4631
4632 Unless you are in a hurry, and trust the @command{tar} program (and your
4633 tapes), it is a good idea to use the @value{op-verify} option, to make
4634 sure your files really made it onto the dump properly. This will
4635 also detect cases where the file was modified while (or just after)
4636 it was being archived. Not all media (notably cartridge tapes) are
4637 capable of being verified, unfortunately.
4638
4639 @value{op-listed-incremental} take a file name argument always. If the
4640 file doesn't exist, run a level zero dump, creating the file. If the
4641 file exists, uses that file to see what has changed.
4642
4643 @value{op-incremental} @FIXME{look it up}
4644
4645 @value{op-incremental} handle old @acronym{GNU}-format incremental backup.
4646
4647 This option should only be used when creating an incremental backup of
4648 a filesystem. When the @value{op-incremental} option is used, @command{tar}
4649 writes, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for each of the
4650 directories that will be operated on. The entry for a directory
4651 includes a list of all the files in the directory at the time the
4652 dump was done, and a flag for each file indicating whether the file
4653 is going to be put in the archive. This information is used when
4654 doing a complete incremental restore.
4655
4656 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4657 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4658 @command{tar} program.
4659
4660 The @value{op-incremental} option means the archive is an incremental
4661 backup. Its meaning depends on the command that it modifies.
4662
4663 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-list},
4664 @command{tar} will list, for each directory in the archive, the list
4665 of files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4666 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4667 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4668 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4669 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4670 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4671 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is
4672 followed by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of
4673 the data.
4674
4675 If the @value{op-incremental} option is used with @value{op-extract}, then
4676 when the entry for a directory is found, all files that currently
4677 exist in that directory but are not listed in the archive @emph{are
4678 deleted from the directory}.
4679
4680 This behavior is convenient when you are restoring a damaged file
4681 system from a succession of incremental backups: it restores the
4682 entire state of the file system to that which obtained when the backup
4683 was made. If you don't use @value{op-incremental}, the file system will
4684 probably fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4685
4686 @value{op-listed-incremental} handle new @acronym{GNU}-format
4687 incremental backup. This option handles new @acronym{GNU}-format
4688 incremental backup. It has much the same effect as
4689 @value{op-incremental}, but also the time when the dump is done and
4690 the list of directories dumped is written to the given
4691 @var{file}. When restoring, only files newer than the saved time are
4692 restored, and the directory list is used to speed up operations.
4693
4694 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4695 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar} to
4696 use the file @var{file}, which contains information about the state
4697 of the filesystem at the time of the last backup, to decide which
4698 files to include in the archive being created. That file will then
4699 be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist when
4700 this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include all
4701 appropriate files in the archive.
4702
4703 The file, which is archive independent, contains the date it was last
4704 modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and directory names.
4705 @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates or inode change
4706 times, and directories with an unchanged inode number and device but
4707 a changed directory name. The file is updated after the files to
4708 be archived are determined, but before the new archive is actually
4709 created.
4710
4711 @node Inc Dumps
4712 @section Using @command{tar} to Perform Incremental Dumps
4713 @UNREVISED
4714
4715 @cindex incremental dumps
4716 @cindex dumps, incremental
4717
4718 Performing incremental dumps is similar to performing full dumps,
4719 although a few more options will usually be needed.
4720
4721 A standard scheme is to do a @emph{monthly} (full) dump once a month,
4722 a @emph{weekly} dump once a week of everything since the last monthly
4723 and a @emph{daily} every day of everything since the last (weekly or
4724 monthly) dump.
4725
4726 Here is a sample script to dump the directory hierarchies @samp{/usr}
4727 and @samp{/var}.
4728
4729 @smallexample
4730 #! /bin/sh
4731 tar --create \
4732 --blocking-factor=126 \
4733 --file=/dev/rmt/0 \
4734 --label="`hostname` /usr /var `date +%Y-%m-%d`" \
4735 --listed-incremental=/var/log/usr-var.snar \
4736 --verbose \
4737 /usr /var
4738 @end smallexample
4739
4740 This script uses the file @file{/var/log/usr-var.snar} as a snapshot to
4741 store information about the previous tar dump.
4742
4743 The blocking factor 126 is an attempt to make the tape drive stream.
4744 Some tape devices cannot handle 64 kB blocks or larger, and require the
4745 block size to be a multiple of 1 kB; for these devices, 126 is the
4746 largest blocking factor that can be used.
4747
4748 @node incremental and listed-incremental
4749 @section The Incremental Options
4750 @UNREVISED
4751
4752 @value{op-incremental} is used in conjunction with @value{op-create},
4753 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} when backing up and restoring file
4754 systems. An archive cannot be extracted or listed with the
4755 @value{op-incremental} option specified unless it was created with the
4756 option specified. This option should only be used by a script, not by
4757 the user, and is usually disregarded in favor of
4758 @value{op-listed-incremental}, which is described below.
4759
4760 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-create} causes
4761 @command{tar} to write, at the beginning of the archive, an entry for
4762 each of the directories that will be archived. The entry for a
4763 directory includes a list of all the files in the directory at the
4764 time the archive was created and a flag for each file indicating
4765 whether or not the file is going to be put in the archive.
4766
4767 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to create a non-standard
4768 archive that may not be readable by non-@acronym{GNU} versions of the
4769 @command{tar} program.
4770
4771 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-extract} causes
4772 @command{tar} to read the lists of directory contents previously stored
4773 in the archive, @emph{delete} files in the file system that did not
4774 exist in their directories when the archive was created, and then
4775 extract the files in the archive.
4776
4777 This behavior is convenient when restoring a damaged file system from
4778 a succession of incremental backups: it restores the entire state of
4779 the file system to that which obtained when the backup was made. If
4780 @value{op-incremental} isn't specified, the file system will probably
4781 fill up with files that shouldn't exist any more.
4782
4783 @value{op-incremental} in conjunction with @value{op-list} causes
4784 @command{tar} to print, for each directory in the archive, the list of
4785 files in that directory at the time the archive was created. This
4786 information is put out in a format that is not easy for humans to
4787 read, but which is unambiguous for a program: each file name is
4788 preceded by either a @samp{Y} if the file is present in the archive,
4789 an @samp{N} if the file is not included in the archive, or a @samp{D}
4790 if the file is a directory (and is included in the archive). Each
4791 file name is terminated by a null character. The last file is followed
4792 by an additional null and a newline to indicate the end of the data.
4793
4794 @value{op-listed-incremental} acts like @value{op-incremental}, but when
4795 used in conjunction with @value{op-create} will also cause @command{tar}
4796 to use the file @var{snapshot-file}, which contains information about
4797 the state of the file system at the time of the last backup, to decide
4798 which files to include in the archive being created. That file will
4799 then be updated by @command{tar}. If the file @var{file} does not exist
4800 when this option is specified, @command{tar} will create it, and include
4801 all appropriate files in the archive.
4802
4803 The file @var{file}, which is archive independent, contains the date
4804 it was last modified and a list of devices, inode numbers and
4805 directory names. @command{tar} will archive files with newer mod dates
4806 or inode change times, and directories with an unchanged inode number
4807 and device but a changed directory name. The file is updated after
4808 the files to be archived are determined, but before the new archive is
4809 actually created.
4810
4811 Incremental dumps depend crucially on time stamps, so the results are
4812 unreliable if you modify a file's time stamps during dumping (e.g.@:
4813 with the @option{--atime-preserve} option), or if you set the clock
4814 backwards.
4815
4816 Despite it should be obvious that a device has a non-volatile value, NFS
4817 devices have non-dependable values when an automounter gets in the picture.
4818 This led to a great deal of spurious redumping in incremental dumps,
4819 so it is somewhat useless to compare two NFS devices numbers over time.
4820 So @command{tar} now considers all NFS devices as being equal when it comes
4821 to comparing directories; this is fairly gross, but there does not seem
4822 to be a better way to go.
4823
4824 @command{tar} doesn't access @var{snapshot-file} when
4825 @value{op-extract} or @value{op-list} are specified, but the
4826 @value{op-listed-incremental} option must still be given. A
4827 placeholder @var{snapshot-file} can be specified, e.g.,
4828 @file{/dev/null}.
4829
4830 @FIXME{this section needs to be written}
4831
4832 @node Backup Levels
4833 @section Levels of Backups
4834
4835 An archive containing all the files in the file system is called a
4836 @dfn{full backup} or @dfn{full dump}. You could insure your data by
4837 creating a full dump every day. This strategy, however, would waste a
4838 substantial amount of archive media and user time, as unchanged files
4839 are daily re-archived.
4840
4841 It is more efficient to do a full dump only occasionally. To back up
4842 files between full dumps, you can use @dfn{incremental dumps}. A @dfn{level
4843 one} dump archives all the files that have changed since the last full
4844 dump.
4845
4846 A typical dump strategy would be to perform a full dump once a week,
4847 and a level one dump once a day. This means some versions of files
4848 will in fact be archived more than once, but this dump strategy makes
4849 it possible to restore a file system to within one day of accuracy by
4850 only extracting two archives---the last weekly (full) dump and the
4851 last daily (level one) dump. The only information lost would be in
4852 files changed or created since the last daily backup. (Doing dumps
4853 more than once a day is usually not worth the trouble).
4854
4855 @GNUTAR{} comes with scripts you can use to do full
4856 and level-one (actually, even level-two and so on) dumps. Using
4857 scripts (shell programs) to perform backups and restoration is a
4858 convenient and reliable alternative to typing out file name lists
4859 and @command{tar} commands by hand.
4860
4861 Before you use these scripts, you need to edit the file
4862 @file{backup-specs}, which specifies parameters used by the backup
4863 scripts and by the restore script. This file is usually located
4864 in @file{/etc/backup} directory. @FIXME-xref{Script Syntax} Once the
4865 backup parameters are set, you can perform backups or restoration by
4866 running the appropriate script.
4867
4868 The name of the backup script is @code{backup}. The name of the
4869 restore script is @code{restore}. The following sections describe
4870 their use in detail.
4871
4872 @emph{Please Note:} The backup and restoration scripts are
4873 designed to be used together. While it is possible to restore files by
4874 hand from an archive which was created using a backup script, and to create
4875 an archive by hand which could then be extracted using the restore script,
4876 it is easier to use the scripts. @value{xref-incremental}, and
4877 @value{xref-listed-incremental}, before making such an attempt.
4878
4879 @node Backup Parameters
4880 @section Setting Parameters for Backups and Restoration
4881
4882 The file @file{backup-specs} specifies backup parameters for the
4883 backup and restoration scripts provided with @command{tar}. You must
4884 edit @file{backup-specs} to fit your system configuration and schedule
4885 before using these scripts.
4886
4887 Syntactically, @file{backup-specs} is a shell script, containing
4888 mainly variable assignments. However, any valid shell construct
4889 is allowed in this file. Particularly, you may wish to define
4890 functions within that script (e.g. see @code{RESTORE_BEGIN} below).
4891 For more information about shell script syntax, please refer to
4892 @url{http://www.opengroup.org/onlinepubs/009695399/utilities/xcu_chap02.html#ta
4893 g_02, the definition of the Shell Command Language}. See also
4894 @ref{Top,,Bash Features,bashref,Bash Reference Manual}.
4895
4896 The shell variables controlling behavior of @code{backup} and
4897 @code{restore} are described in the following subsections.
4898
4899 @menu
4900 * General-Purpose Variables::
4901 * Magnetic Tape Control::
4902 * User Hooks::
4903 * backup-specs example:: An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
4904 @end menu
4905
4906 @node General-Purpose Variables
4907 @subsection General-Purpose Variables
4908
4909 @defvr {Backup variable} ADMINISTRATOR
4910 The user name of the backup administrator. @code{Backup} scripts
4911 sends a backup report to this address.
4912 @end defvr
4913
4914 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_HOUR
4915 The hour at which the backups are done. This can be a number from 0
4916 to 23, or the time specification in form @var{hours}:@var{minutes},
4917 or the string @samp{now}.
4918
4919 This variable is used by @code{backup}. Its value may be overridden
4920 using @option{--time} option (@pxref{Scripted Backups}).
4921 @end defvr
4922
4923 @defvr {Backup variable} TAPE_FILE
4924 The device @command{tar} writes the archive to. This device should be
4925 attached to the host on which the dump scripts are run.
4926 @end defvr
4927
4928 @defvr {Backup variable} BLOCKING
4929
4930 The blocking factor @command{tar} will use when writing the dump archive.
4931 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
4932 @end defvr
4933
4934 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_DIRS
4935
4936 A list of file systems to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4937 (for @code{restore}). You can include any directory
4938 name in the list --- subdirectories on that file system will be
4939 included, regardless of how they may look to other networked machines.
4940 Subdirectories on other file systems will be ignored.
4941
4942 The host name specifies which host to run @command{tar} on, and should
4943 normally be the host that actually contains the file system. However,
4944 the host machine must have @GNUTAR{} installed, and
4945 must be able to access the directory containing the backup scripts and
4946 their support files using the same file name that is used on the
4947 machine where the scripts are run (ie. what @command{pwd} will print
4948 when in that directory on that machine). If the host that contains
4949 the file system does not have this capability, you can specify another
4950 host as long as it can access the file system through NFS.
4951
4952 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to put it
4953 in a separate file. This file is usually named
4954 @file{/etc/backup/dirs}, but this name may be overridden in
4955 @file{backup-specs} using @code{DIRLIST} variable.
4956 @end defvr
4957
4958 @defvr {Backup variable} DIRLIST
4959
4960 A path to the file containing the list of the filesystems to backup
4961 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/dirs}.
4962 @end defvr
4963
4964 @defvr {Backup variable} BACKUP_FILES
4965
4966 A list of individual files to be dumped (for @code{backup}), or restored
4967 (for @code{restore}). These should be accessible from the machine on
4968 which the backup script is run.
4969
4970 If the list of file systems is very long you may wish to store it
4971 in a separate file. This file is usually named
4972 @file{/etc/backup/files}, but this name may be overridden in
4973 @file{backup-specs} using @code{FILELIST} variable.
4974 @end defvr
4975
4976 @defvr {Backup variable} FILELIST
4977
4978 A path to the file containing the list of the individual files to backup
4979 or restore. By default it is @file{/etc/backup/files}.
4980 @end defvr
4981
4982 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH
4983
4984 Path to @code{rsh} binary or its equivalent. You may wish to
4985 set it to @code{ssh}, to improve security. In this case you will have
4986 to use public key authentication.
4987 @end defvr
4988
4989 @defvr {Backup variable} RSH_COMMAND
4990
4991 Path to rsh binary on remote mashines. This will be passed via
4992 @option{--rsh-command} option to the remote invocation of @GNUTAR{}.
4993 @end defvr
4994
4995 @defvr {Backup variable} VOLNO_FILE
4996
4997 Name of temporary file to hold volume numbers. This needs to be accessible
4998 by all the machines which have filesystems to be dumped.
4999 @end defvr
5000
5001 @defvr {Backup variable} XLIST
5002
5003 Name of @dfn{exclude file list}. An @dfn{exclude file list} is a file
5004 located on the remote machine and containing the list of files to
5005 be excluded from the backup. Exclude file lists are searched in
5006 /etc/tar-backup directory. A common use for exclude file lists
5007 is to exclude files containing security-sensitive information
5008 (e.g. @file{/etc/shadow} from backups).
5009
5010 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5011 @end defvr
5012
5013 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_TIME
5014
5015 Time to sleep between dumps of any two successive filesystems
5016
5017 This variable affects only @code{backup}.
5018 @end defvr
5019
5020 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_REMIND_SCRIPT
5021
5022 Script to be run when it's time to insert a new tape in for the next
5023 volume. Administrators may want to tailor this script for their site.
5024 If this variable isn't set, @GNUTAR{} will display its built-in prompt
5025 @FIXME-xref{describe it somewhere!}, and will expect confirmation from
5026 the console.
5027 @end defvr
5028
5029 @defvr {Backup variable} SLEEP_MESSAGE
5030
5031 Message to display on the terminal while waiting for dump time. Usually
5032 this will just be some literal text.
5033 @end defvr
5034
5035 @defvr {Backup variable} TAR
5036
5037 Pathname of the @GNUTAR{} executable. If this is not set, backup
5038 scripts will search @command{tar} in the current shell path.
5039 @end defvr
5040
5041 @node Magnetic Tape Control
5042 @subsection Magnetic Tape Control
5043
5044 Backup scripts access tape device using special @dfn{hook functions}.
5045 These functions take a single argument -- the name of the tape
5046 device. Their names are kept in the following variables:
5047
5048 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_BEGIN
5049 The name of @dfn{begin} function. This function is called before
5050 accessing the drive. By default it retensions the tape:
5051
5052 @smallexample
5053 MT_BEGIN=mt_begin
5054
5055 mt_begin() @{
5056 mt -f "$1" retension
5057 @}
5058 @end smallexample
5059 @end defvr
5060
5061 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_REWIND
5062 The name of @dfn{rewind} function. The default definition is as
5063 follows:
5064
5065 @smallexample
5066 MT_REWIND=mt_rewind
5067
5068 mt_rewind() @{
5069 mt -f "$1" rewind
5070 @}
5071 @end smallexample
5072
5073 @end defvr
5074
5075 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_OFFLINE
5076 The name of the function switching the tape off line. By default
5077 it is defined as follows:
5078
5079 @smallexample
5080 MT_OFFLINE=mt_offline
5081
5082 mt_offline() @{
5083 mt -f "$1" offl
5084 @}
5085 @end smallexample
5086 @end defvr
5087
5088 @defvr {Backup variable} MT_STATUS
5089 The name of the function used to obtain the status of the archive device,
5090 including error count. Default definition:
5091
5092 @smallexample
5093 MT_STATUS=mt_status
5094
5095 mt_status() @{
5096 mt -f "$1" status
5097 @}
5098 @end smallexample
5099 @end defvr
5100
5101 @node User Hooks
5102 @subsection User Hooks
5103
5104 @dfn{User hooks} are shell functions executed before and after
5105 each @command{tar} invocation. Thus, there are @dfn{backup
5106 hooks}, which are executed before and after dumping each file
5107 system, and @dfn{restore hooks}, executed before and
5108 after restoring a file system. Each user hook is a shell function
5109 taking four arguments:
5110
5111 @deffn {User Hook Function} hook @var{level} @var{host} @var{fs} @var{fsname}
5112 Its arguments are:
5113
5114 @table @var
5115 @item level
5116 Current backup or restore level.
5117
5118 @item host
5119 Name or IP address of the host machine being dumped or restored.
5120
5121 @item fs
5122 Full path name to the filesystem being dumped or restored.
5123
5124 @item fsname
5125 Filesystem name with directory separators replaced with colons. This
5126 is useful e.g. for creating unique files.
5127 @end table
5128 @end deffn
5129
5130 Following variables keep the names of user hook functions
5131
5132 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_BEGIN
5133 Dump begin function. It is executed before dumping the filesystem.
5134 @end defvr
5135
5136 @defvr {Backup variable} DUMP_END
5137 Executed after dumping the filesystem.
5138 @end defvr
5139
5140 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_BEGIN
5141 Executed before restoring the filesystem.
5142 @end defvr
5143
5144 @defvr {Backup variable} RESTORE_END
5145 Executed after restoring the filesystem.
5146 @end defvr
5147
5148 @node backup-specs example
5149 @subsection An Example Text of @file{Backup-specs}
5150
5151 The following is an example of @file{backup-specs}:
5152
5153 @smallexample
5154 # site-specific parameters for file system backup.
5155
5156 ADMINISTRATOR=friedman
5157 BACKUP_HOUR=1
5158 TAPE_FILE=/dev/nrsmt0
5159
5160 # Use @code{ssh} instead of the less secure @code{rsh}
5161 RSH=/usr/bin/ssh
5162 RSH_COMMAND=/usr/bin/ssh
5163
5164 # Override MT_STATUS function:
5165 my_status() @{
5166 mts -t $TAPE_FILE
5167 @}
5168 MT_STATUS=my_status
5169
5170 # Disable MT_OFFLINE function
5171 MT_OFFLINE=:
5172
5173 BLOCKING=124
5174 BACKUP_DIRS="
5175 albert:/fs/fsf
5176 apple-gunkies:/gd
5177 albert:/fs/gd2
5178 albert:/fs/gp
5179 geech:/usr/jla
5180 churchy:/usr/roland
5181 albert:/
5182 albert:/usr
5183 apple-gunkies:/
5184 apple-gunkies:/usr
5185 gnu:/hack
5186 gnu:/u
5187 apple-gunkies:/com/mailer/gnu
5188 apple-gunkies:/com/archive/gnu"
5189
5190 BACKUP_FILES="/com/mailer/aliases /com/mailer/league*[a-z]"
5191
5192 @end smallexample
5193
5194 @node Scripted Backups
5195 @section Using the Backup Scripts
5196
5197 The syntax for running a backup script is:
5198
5199 @smallexample
5200 backup --level=@var{level} --time=@var{time}
5201 @end smallexample
5202
5203 The @option{level} option requests the dump level. Thus, to produce
5204 a full dump, specify @code{--level=0} (this is the default, so
5205 @option{--level} may be omitted if its value is @code{0}).
5206 @footnote{For backward compatibility, the @code{backup} will also
5207 try to deduce the requested dump level from the name of the
5208 script itself. If the name consists of a string @samp{level-}
5209 followed by a single decimal digit, that digit is taken as
5210 the dump level number. Thus, you may create a link from @code{backup}
5211 to @code{level-1} and then run @code{level-1} whenever you need to
5212 create a level one dump.}
5213
5214 The @option{--time} option determines when should the backup be
5215 run. @var{Time} may take three forms:
5216
5217 @table @asis
5218 @item @var{hh}:@var{mm}
5219
5220 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours @var{mm} minutes.
5221
5222 @item @var{hh}
5223
5224 The dump must be run at @var{hh} hours
5225
5226 @item now
5227
5228 The dump must be run immediately.
5229 @end table
5230
5231 You should start a script with a tape or disk mounted. Once you
5232 start a script, it prompts you for new tapes or disks as it
5233 needs them. Media volumes don't have to correspond to archive
5234 files --- a multi-volume archive can be started in the middle of a
5235 tape that already contains the end of another multi-volume archive.
5236 The @code{restore} script prompts for media by its archive volume,
5237 so to avoid an error message you should keep track of which tape
5238 (or disk) contains which volume of the archive (@pxref{Scripted
5239 Restoration}).
5240
5241 The backup scripts write two files on the file system. The first is a
5242 record file in @file{/etc/tar-backup/}, which is used by the scripts
5243 to store and retrieve information about which files were dumped. This
5244 file is not meant to be read by humans, and should not be deleted by
5245 them. @FIXME-xref{incremental and listed-incremental, for a more
5246 detailed explanation of this file.}
5247
5248 The second file is a log file containing the names of the file systems
5249 and files dumped, what time the backup was made, and any error
5250 messages that were generated, as well as how much space was left in
5251 the media volume after the last volume of the archive was written.
5252 You should check this log file after every backup. The file name is
5253 @file{log-@var{mm-dd-yyyy}-level-@var{n}}, where @var{mm-dd-yyyy}
5254 represents current date, and @var{n} represents current dump level number.
5255
5256 The script also prints the name of each system being dumped to the
5257 standard output.
5258
5259 Following is the full list of options accepted by @code{backup}
5260 script:
5261
5262 @table @option
5263 @item -l @var{level}
5264 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5265 Do backup level @var{level} (default 0).
5266
5267 @item -f
5268 @itemx --force
5269 Force backup even if today's log file already exists.
5270
5271 @item -v[@var{level}]
5272 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5273 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5274 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5275 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5276
5277 @item -t @var{start-time}
5278 @itemx --time=@var{start-time}
5279 Wait till @var{time}, then do backup.
5280
5281 @item -h
5282 @itemx --help
5283 Display short help message and exit.
5284
5285 @item -L
5286 @itemx --license
5287 Display program license and exit.
5288
5289 @item -V
5290 @itemx --version
5291 Display program version and exit.
5292 @end table
5293
5294
5295 @node Scripted Restoration
5296 @section Using the Restore Script
5297
5298 To restore files that were archived using a scripted backup, use the
5299 @code{restore} script. Its usage is quite straightforward. In the
5300 simplest form, invoke @code{restore --all}, it will
5301 then restore all the filesystems and files specified in
5302 @file{backup-specs} (@pxref{General-Purpose Variables,BACKUP_DIRS}).
5303
5304 You may select the filesystems (and/or files) to restore by
5305 giving @code{restore} list of @dfn{patterns} in its command
5306 line. For example, running
5307
5308 @smallexample
5309 restore 'albert:*'
5310 @end smallexample
5311
5312 @noindent
5313 will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}. A more
5314 complicated example:
5315
5316 @smallexample
5317 restore 'albert:*' '*:/var'
5318 @end smallexample
5319
5320 @noindent
5321 This command will restore all filesystems on the machine @samp{albert}
5322 as well as @file{/var} filesystem on all machines.
5323
5324 By default @code{restore} will start restoring files from the lowest
5325 available dump level (usually zero) and will continue through
5326 all available dump levels. There may be situations where such a
5327 thorough restore is not necessary. For example, you may wish to
5328 restore only files from the recent level one backup. To do so,
5329 use @option{--level} option, as shown in the example below:
5330
5331 @smallexample
5332 restore --level=1
5333 @end smallexample
5334
5335 The full list of options accepted by @code{restore} follows:
5336
5337 @table @option
5338 @item -a
5339 @itemx --all
5340 Restore all filesystems and files specified in @file{backup-specs}
5341
5342 @item -l @var{level}
5343 @itemx --level=@var{level}
5344 Start restoring from the given backup level, instead of the default 0.
5345
5346 @item -v[@var{level}]
5347 @itemx --verbose[=@var{level}]
5348 Set verbosity level. The higher the level is, the more debugging
5349 information will be output during execution. Devault @var{level}
5350 is 100, which means the highest debugging level.
5351
5352 @item -h
5353 @itemx --help
5354 Display short help message and exit.
5355
5356 @item -L
5357 @itemx --license
5358 Display program license and exit.
5359
5360 @item -V
5361 @itemx --version
5362 Display program version and exit.
5363 @end table
5364
5365 You should start the restore script with the media containing the
5366 first volume of the archive mounted. The script will prompt for other
5367 volumes as they are needed. If the archive is on tape, you don't need
5368 to rewind the tape to to its beginning---if the tape head is
5369 positioned past the beginning of the archive, the script will rewind
5370 the tape as needed. @FIXME-xref{Media, for a discussion of tape
5371 positioning.}
5372
5373 @quotation
5374 @strong{Warning:} The script will delete files from the active file
5375 system if they were not in the file system when the archive was made.
5376 @end quotation
5377
5378 @value{xref-incremental}, and @value{ref-listed-incremental},
5379 for an explanation of how the script makes that determination.
5380
5381 @node Choosing
5382 @chapter Choosing Files and Names for @command{tar}
5383 @UNREVISED
5384
5385 @FIXME{Melissa (still) Doesn't Really Like This ``Intro'' Paragraph!!!}
5386
5387 Certain options to @command{tar} enable you to specify a name for your
5388 archive. Other options let you decide which files to include or exclude
5389 from the archive, based on when or whether files were modified, whether
5390 the file names do or don't match specified patterns, or whether files
5391 are in specified directories.
5392
5393 @menu
5394 * file:: Choosing the Archive's Name
5395 * Selecting Archive Members::
5396 * files:: Reading Names from a File
5397 * exclude:: Excluding Some Files
5398 * Wildcards::
5399 * after:: Operating Only on New Files
5400 * recurse:: Descending into Directories
5401 * one:: Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
5402 @end menu
5403
5404 @node file
5405 @section Choosing and Naming Archive Files
5406 @cindex Naming an archive
5407 @cindex Archive Name
5408 @cindex Directing output
5409 @cindex Choosing an archive file
5410 @cindex Where is the archive?
5411 @UNREVISED
5412
5413 @FIXME{should the title of this section actually be, "naming an
5414 archive"?}
5415
5416 By default, @command{tar} uses an archive file name that was compiled when
5417 it was built on the system; usually this name refers to some physical
5418 tape drive on the machine. However, the person who installed @command{tar}
5419 on the system may not set the default to a meaningful value as far as
5420 most users are concerned. As a result, you will usually want to tell
5421 @command{tar} where to find (or create) the archive. The @value{op-file}
5422 option allows you to either specify or name a file to use as the archive
5423 instead of the default archive file location.
5424
5425 @table @kbd
5426 @item --file=@var{archive-name}
5427 @itemx -f @var{archive-name}
5428 Name the archive to create or operate on. Use in conjunction with
5429 any operation.
5430 @end table
5431
5432 For example, in this @command{tar} command,
5433
5434 @smallexample
5435 $ @kbd{tar -cvf collection.tar blues folk jazz}
5436 @end smallexample
5437
5438 @noindent
5439 @file{collection.tar} is the name of the archive. It must directly
5440 follow the @option{-f} option, since whatever directly follows @option{-f}
5441 @emph{will} end up naming the archive. If you neglect to specify an
5442 archive name, you may end up overwriting a file in the working directory
5443 with the archive you create since @command{tar} will use this file's name
5444 for the archive name.
5445
5446 An archive can be saved as a file in the file system, sent through a
5447 pipe or over a network, or written to an I/O device such as a tape,
5448 floppy disk, or CD write drive.
5449
5450 @cindex Writing new archives
5451 @cindex Archive creation
5452 If you do not name the archive, @command{tar} uses the value of the
5453 environment variable @env{TAPE} as the file name for the archive. If
5454 that is not available, @command{tar} uses a default, compiled-in archive
5455 name, usually that for tape unit zero (ie. @file{/dev/tu00}).
5456 @command{tar} always needs an archive name.
5457
5458 If you use @file{-} as an @var{archive-name}, @command{tar} reads the
5459 archive from standard input (when listing or extracting files), or
5460 writes it to standard output (when creating an archive). If you use
5461 @file{-} as an @var{archive-name} when modifying an archive,
5462 @command{tar} reads the original archive from its standard input and
5463 writes the entire new archive to its standard output.
5464
5465 @FIXME{might want a different example here; this is already used in
5466 "notable tar usages".}
5467
5468 @smallexample
5469 $ @kbd{cd sourcedir; tar -cf - . | (cd targetdir; tar -xf -)}
5470 @end smallexample
5471
5472 @FIXME{help!}
5473
5474 @cindex Standard input and output
5475 @cindex tar to standard input and output
5476 To specify an archive file on a device attached to a remote machine,
5477 use the following:
5478
5479 @smallexample
5480 @kbd{--file=@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}
5481 @end smallexample
5482
5483 @noindent
5484 @command{tar} will complete the remote connection, if possible, and
5485 prompt you for a username and password. If you use
5486 @option{--file=@@@var{hostname}:/@var{dev}/@var{file name}}, @command{tar}
5487 will complete the remote connection, if possible, using your username
5488 as the username on the remote machine.
5489
5490 If the archive file name includes a colon (@samp{:}), then it is assumed
5491 to be a file on another machine. If the archive file is
5492 @samp{@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{file}}, then @var{file} is used on the
5493 host @var{host}. The remote host is accessed using the @command{rsh}
5494 program, with a username of @var{user}. If the username is omitted
5495 (along with the @samp{@@} sign), then your user name will be used.
5496 (This is the normal @command{rsh} behavior.) It is necessary for the
5497 remote machine, in addition to permitting your @command{rsh} access, to
5498 have the @file{rmt} program installed (This command is included in
5499 the @GNUTAR{} distribution and by default is installed under
5500 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, were @var{prefix} means your
5501 installation prefix). If you need to use a file whose name includes a
5502 colon, then the remote tape drive behavior
5503 can be inhibited by using the @value{op-force-local} option.
5504
5505 @FIXME{i know we went over this yesterday, but bob (and now i do again,
5506 too) thinks it's out of the middle of nowhere. it doesn't seem to tie
5507 into what came before it well enough <<i moved it now, is it better
5508 here?>>. bob also comments that if Amanda isn't free software, we
5509 shouldn't mention it..}
5510
5511 When the archive is being created to @file{/dev/null}, @GNUTAR{}
5512 tries to minimize input and output operations. The
5513 Amanda backup system, when used with @GNUTAR{}, has
5514 an initial sizing pass which uses this feature.
5515
5516 @node Selecting Archive Members
5517 @section Selecting Archive Members
5518 @cindex Specifying files to act on
5519 @cindex Specifying archive members
5520
5521 @dfn{File Name arguments} specify which files in the file system
5522 @command{tar} operates on, when creating or adding to an archive, or which
5523 archive members @command{tar} operates on, when reading or deleting from
5524 an archive. @xref{Operations}.
5525
5526 To specify file names, you can include them as the last arguments on
5527 the command line, as follows:
5528 @smallexample
5529 @kbd{tar} @var{operation} [@var{option1} @var{option2} @dots{}] [@var{file name-1} @var{file name-2} @dots{}]
5530 @end smallexample
5531
5532 If a file name begins with dash (@samp{-}), preceede it with
5533 @option{--add-file} option to preventit from being treated as an
5534 option.
5535
5536 If you specify a directory name as a file name argument, all the files
5537 in that directory are operated on by @command{tar}.
5538
5539 If you do not specify files when @command{tar} is invoked with
5540 @value{op-create}, @command{tar} operates on all the non-directory files in
5541 the working directory. If you specify either @value{op-list} or
5542 @value{op-extract}, @command{tar} operates on all the archive members in the
5543 archive. If you specify any operation other than one of these three,
5544 @command{tar} does nothing.
5545
5546 By default, @command{tar} takes file names from the command line. However,
5547 there are other ways to specify file or member names, or to modify the
5548 manner in which @command{tar} selects the files or members upon which to
5549 operate. @FIXME{add xref here}In general, these methods work both for
5550 specifying the names of files and archive members.
5551
5552 @node files
5553 @section Reading Names from a File
5554
5555 @cindex Reading file names from a file
5556 @cindex Lists of file names
5557 @cindex File Name arguments, alternatives
5558 Instead of giving the names of files or archive members on the command
5559 line, you can put the names into a file, and then use the
5560 @value{op-files-from} option to @command{tar}. Give the name of the file
5561 which contains the list of files to include as the argument to
5562 @option{--files-from}. In the list, the file names should be separated by
5563 newlines. You will frequently use this option when you have generated
5564 the list of files to archive with the @command{find} utility.
5565
5566 @table @kbd
5567 @item --files-from=@var{file name}
5568 @itemx -T @var{file name}
5569 Get names to extract or create from file @var{file name}.
5570 @end table
5571
5572 If you give a single dash as a file name for @option{--files-from}, (i.e.,
5573 you specify either @code{--files-from=-} or @code{-T -}), then the file
5574 names are read from standard input.
5575
5576 Unless you are running @command{tar} with @option{--create}, you can not use
5577 both @code{--files-from=-} and @code{--file=-} (@code{-f -}) in the same
5578 command.
5579
5580 Any number of @option{-T} options can be given in the command line.
5581
5582 @FIXME{add bob's example, from his message on 2-10-97}
5583
5584 The following example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of
5585 files smaller than 400K in length and put that list into a file
5586 called @file{small-files}. You can then use the @option{-T} option to
5587 @command{tar} to specify the files from that file, @file{small-files}, to
5588 create the archive @file{little.tgz}. (The @option{-z} option to
5589 @command{tar} compresses the archive with @command{gzip}; @pxref{gzip} for
5590 more information.)
5591
5592 @smallexample
5593 $ @kbd{find . -size -400 -print > small-files}
5594 $ @kbd{tar -c -v -z -T small-files -f little.tgz}
5595 @end smallexample
5596
5597 @noindent
5598 In the file list given by @option{-T} option, any file name beginning
5599 with @samp{-} character is considered a @command{tar} option and is
5600 processed accordingly.@footnote{Versions of @GNUTAR{} up to 1.15.1
5601 recognized only @option{-C} option in file lists, and only if the
5602 option and its argument occupied two consecutive lines.} For example,
5603 the common use of this feature is to change to another directory by
5604 specifying @option{-C} option:
5605
5606 @smallexample
5607 @group
5608 $ @kbd{cat list}
5609 -C/etc
5610 passwd
5611 hosts
5612 -C/lib
5613 libc.a
5614 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
5615 @end group
5616 @end smallexample
5617
5618 @noindent
5619 In this example, @command{tar} will first switch to @file{/etc}
5620 directory and add files @file{passwd} and @file{hosts} to the
5621 archive. Then it will change to @file{/lib} directory and will archive
5622 the file @file{libc.a}. Thus, the resulting archive @file{foo.tar} will
5623 contain:
5624
5625 @smallexample
5626 @group
5627 $ @kbd{tar tf foo.tar}
5628 passwd
5629 hosts
5630 libc.a
5631 @end group
5632 @end smallexample
5633
5634 @noindent
5635 Notice that the option parsing algorithm used with @option{-T} is
5636 stricter than the one used by shell. Namely, when specifying option
5637 arguments, you should observe the following rules:
5638
5639 @itemize @bullet
5640 @item
5641 When using short (single-letter) option form, its argument must
5642 immediately follow the option letter, without any intervening
5643 whitespace. For example: @code{-Cdir}.
5644
5645 @item
5646 When using long option form, the option argument must be separated
5647 from the option by a single equal sign. No whitespace is allowed on
5648 any side of the equal sign. For example: @code{--directory=dir}.
5649
5650 @item
5651 For both short and long option forms, the option argument can be given
5652 on the next line after the option name, e.g.:
5653
5654 @smallexample
5655 @group
5656 --directory
5657 dir
5658 @end group
5659 @end smallexample
5660
5661 @noindent
5662 and
5663
5664 @smallexample
5665 @group
5666 -C
5667 dir
5668 @end group
5669 @end smallexample
5670 @end itemize
5671
5672 @cindex @option{--add-file}
5673 If you happen to have a file whose name starts with @samp{-},
5674 precede it with @option{--add-file} option to prevent it from
5675 being recognized as an option. For example: @code{--add-file --my-file}.
5676
5677 @menu
5678 * nul::
5679 @end menu
5680
5681 @node nul
5682 @subsection @kbd{NUL} Terminated File Names
5683
5684 @cindex File names, terminated by @kbd{NUL}
5685 @cindex @kbd{NUL} terminated file names
5686 The @value{op-null} option causes @value{op-files-from} to read file
5687 names terminated by a @code{NUL} instead of a newline, so files whose
5688 names contain newlines can be archived using @option{--files-from}.
5689
5690 @table @kbd
5691 @item --null
5692 Only consider @kbd{NUL} terminated file names, instead of files that
5693 terminate in a newline.
5694 @end table
5695
5696 The @value{op-null} option is just like the one in @acronym{GNU}
5697 @command{xargs} and @command{cpio}, and is useful with the
5698 @option{-print0} predicate of @acronym{GNU} @command{find}. In
5699 @command{tar}, @value{op-null} also disables special handling for
5700 file names that begin with dash.
5701
5702 This example shows how to use @command{find} to generate a list of files
5703 larger than 800K in length and put that list into a file called
5704 @file{long-files}. The @option{-print0} option to @command{find} is just
5705 like @option{-print}, except that it separates files with a @kbd{NUL}
5706 rather than with a newline. You can then run @command{tar} with both the
5707 @option{--null} and @option{-T} options to specify that @command{tar} get the
5708 files from that file, @file{long-files}, to create the archive
5709 @file{big.tgz}. The @option{--null} option to @command{tar} will cause
5710 @command{tar} to recognize the @kbd{NUL} separator between files.
5711
5712 @smallexample
5713 $ @kbd{find . -size +800 -print0 > long-files}
5714 $ @kbd{tar -c -v --null --files-from=long-files --file=big.tar}
5715 @end smallexample
5716
5717 @FIXME{say anything else here to conclude the section?}
5718
5719 @node exclude
5720 @section Excluding Some Files
5721 @cindex File names, excluding files by
5722 @cindex Excluding files by name and pattern
5723 @cindex Excluding files by file system
5724 @UNREVISED
5725
5726 To avoid operating on files whose names match a particular pattern,
5727 use the @value{op-exclude} or @value{op-exclude-from} options.
5728
5729 @table @kbd
5730 @item --exclude=@var{pattern}
5731 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the @var{pattern}.
5732 @end table
5733
5734 @findex exclude
5735 The @value{op-exclude} option prevents any file or member whose name
5736 matches the shell wildcard (@var{pattern}) from being operated on.
5737 For example, to create an archive with all the contents of the directory
5738 @file{src} except for files whose names end in @file{.o}, use the
5739 command @samp{tar -cf src.tar --exclude='*.o' src}.
5740
5741 You may give multiple @option{--exclude} options.
5742
5743 @table @kbd
5744 @item --exclude-from=@var{file}
5745 @itemx -X @var{file}
5746 Causes @command{tar} to ignore files that match the patterns listed in
5747 @var{file}.
5748 @end table
5749
5750 @findex exclude-from
5751 Use the @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option to read a
5752 list of patterns, one per line, from @var{file}; @command{tar} will
5753 ignore files matching those patterns. Thus if @command{tar} is
5754 called as @w{@samp{tar -c -X foo .}} and the file @file{foo} contains a
5755 single line @file{*.o}, no files whose names end in @file{.o} will be
5756 added to the archive.
5757
5758 @FIXME{do the exclude options files need to have stuff separated by
5759 newlines the same as the files-from option does?}
5760
5761 @table @kbd
5762 @item --exclude-caches
5763 Causes @command{tar} to ignore directories containing a cache directory tag.
5764 @end table
5765
5766 @findex exclude-caches
5767 When creating an archive,
5768 the @option{--exclude-caches} option
5769 causes @command{tar} to exclude all directories
5770 that contain a @dfn{cache directory tag}.
5771 A cache directory tag is a short file
5772 with the well-known name @file{CACHEDIR.TAG}
5773 and having a standard header
5774 specified in @url{http://www.brynosaurus.com/cachedir/spec.html}.
5775 Various applications write cache directory tags
5776 into directories they use to hold regenerable, non-precious data,
5777 so that such data can be more easily excluded from backups.
5778
5779 @menu
5780 * controlling pattern-patching with exclude::
5781 * problems with exclude::
5782 @end menu
5783
5784 @node controlling pattern-patching with exclude
5785 @unnumberedsubsec Controlling Pattern-Matching with the @code{exclude} Options
5786
5787 Normally, a pattern matches a name if an initial subsequence of the
5788 name's components matches the pattern, where @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and
5789 @samp{[...]} are the usual shell wildcards, @samp{\} escapes wildcards,
5790 and wildcards can match @samp{/}.
5791
5792 Other than optionally stripping leading @samp{/} from names
5793 (@pxref{absolute}), patterns and names are used as-is. For
5794 example, trailing @samp{/} is not trimmed from a user-specified name
5795 before deciding whether to exclude it.
5796
5797 However, this matching procedure can be altered by the options listed
5798 below. These options accumulate. For example:
5799
5800 @smallexample
5801 --ignore-case --exclude='makefile' --no-ignore-case ---exclude='readme'
5802 @end smallexample
5803
5804 ignores case when excluding @samp{makefile}, but not when excluding
5805 @samp{readme}.
5806
5807 @table @option
5808 @item --anchored
5809 @itemx --no-anchored
5810 If anchored, a pattern must match an initial subsequence
5811 of the name's components. Otherwise, the pattern can match any
5812 subsequence. Default is @option{--no-anchored}.
5813
5814 @item --ignore-case
5815 @itemx --no-ignore-case
5816 When ignoring case, upper-case patterns match lower-case names and vice versa.
5817 When not ignoring case (the default), matching is case-sensitive.
5818
5819 @item --wildcards
5820 @itemx --no-wildcards
5821 When using wildcards (the default), @samp{*}, @samp{?}, and @samp{[...]}
5822 are the usual shell wildcards, and @samp{\} escapes wildcards.
5823 Otherwise, none of these characters are special, and patterns must match
5824 names literally.
5825
5826 @item --wildcards-match-slash
5827 @itemx --no-wildcards-match-slash
5828 When wildcards match slash (the default), a wildcard like @samp{*} in
5829 the pattern can match a @samp{/} in the name. Otherwise, @samp{/} is
5830 matched only by @samp{/}.
5831
5832 @end table
5833
5834 The @option{--recursion} and @option{--no-recursion} options
5835 (@pxref{recurse}) also affect how exclude patterns are interpreted. If
5836 recursion is in effect, a pattern excludes a name if it matches any of
5837 the name's parent directories.
5838
5839 @node problems with exclude
5840 @unnumberedsubsec Problems with Using the @code{exclude} Options
5841
5842 Some users find @samp{exclude} options confusing. Here are some common
5843 pitfalls:
5844
5845 @itemize @bullet
5846 @item
5847 The main operating mode of @command{tar} does not act on a path name
5848 explicitly listed on the command line if one of its file name
5849 components is excluded. In the example above, if
5850 you create an archive and exclude files that end with @samp{*.o}, but
5851 explicitly name the file @samp{dir.o/foo} after all the options have been
5852 listed, @samp{dir.o/foo} will be excluded from the archive.
5853
5854 @item
5855 You can sometimes confuse the meanings of @value{op-exclude} and
5856 @value{op-exclude-from}. Be careful: use @value{op-exclude} when files
5857 to be excluded are given as a pattern on the command line. Use
5858 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} to introduce the name of a
5859 file which contains a list of patterns, one per line; each of these
5860 patterns can exclude zero, one, or many files.
5861
5862 @item
5863 When you use @value{op-exclude}, be sure to quote the @var{pattern}
5864 parameter, so @GNUTAR{} sees wildcard characters
5865 like @samp{*}. If you do not do this, the shell might expand the
5866 @samp{*} itself using files at hand, so @command{tar} might receive a
5867 list of files instead of one pattern, or none at all, making the
5868 command somewhat illegal. This might not correspond to what you want.
5869
5870 For example, write:
5871
5872 @smallexample
5873 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude '*.o' @var{directory}}
5874 @end smallexample
5875
5876 @noindent
5877 rather than:
5878
5879 @smallexample
5880 $ @kbd{tar -c -f @var{archive.tar} --exclude *.o @var{directory}}
5881 @end smallexample
5882
5883 @item
5884 You must use use shell syntax, or globbing, rather than @code{regexp}
5885 syntax, when using exclude options in @command{tar}. If you try to use
5886 @code{regexp} syntax to describe files to be excluded, your command
5887 might fail.
5888
5889 @item
5890 In earlier versions of @command{tar}, what is now the
5891 @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} option was called
5892 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} instead. Now,
5893 @option{--exclude=@var{pattern}} applies to patterns listed on the command
5894 line and @option{--exclude-from=@var{file-of-patterns}} applies to
5895 patterns listed in a file.
5896
5897 @end itemize
5898
5899 @node Wildcards
5900 @section Wildcards Patterns and Matching
5901
5902 @dfn{Globbing} is the operation by which @dfn{wildcard} characters,
5903 @samp{*} or @samp{?} for example, are replaced and expanded into all
5904 existing files matching the given pattern. However, @command{tar} often
5905 uses wildcard patterns for matching (or globbing) archive members instead
5906 of actual files in the filesystem. Wildcard patterns are also used for
5907 verifying volume labels of @command{tar} archives. This section has the
5908 purpose of explaining wildcard syntax for @command{tar}.
5909
5910 @FIXME{the next few paragraphs need work.}
5911
5912 A @var{pattern} should be written according to shell syntax, using wildcard
5913 characters to effect globbing. Most characters in the pattern stand
5914 for themselves in the matched string, and case is significant: @samp{a}
5915 will match only @samp{a}, and not @samp{A}. The character @samp{?} in the
5916 pattern matches any single character in the matched string. The character
5917 @samp{*} in the pattern matches zero, one, or more single characters in
5918 the matched string. The character @samp{\} says to take the following
5919 character of the pattern @emph{literally}; it is useful when one needs to
5920 match the @samp{?}, @samp{*}, @samp{[} or @samp{\} characters, themselves.
5921
5922 The character @samp{[}, up to the matching @samp{]}, introduces a character
5923 class. A @dfn{character class} is a list of acceptable characters
5924 for the next single character of the matched string. For example,
5925 @samp{[abcde]} would match any of the first five letters of the alphabet.
5926 Note that within a character class, all of the ``special characters''
5927 listed above other than @samp{\} lose their special meaning; for example,
5928 @samp{[-\\[*?]]} would match any of the characters, @samp{-}, @samp{\},
5929 @samp{[}, @samp{*}, @samp{?}, or @samp{]}. (Due to parsing constraints,
5930 the characters @samp{-} and @samp{]} must either come @emph{first} or
5931 @emph{last} in a character class.)
5932
5933 @cindex Excluding characters from a character class
5934 @cindex Character class, excluding characters from
5935 If the first character of the class after the opening @samp{[}
5936 is @samp{!} or @samp{^}, then the meaning of the class is reversed.
5937 Rather than listing character to match, it lists those characters which
5938 are @emph{forbidden} as the next single character of the matched string.
5939
5940 Other characters of the class stand for themselves. The special
5941 construction @samp{[@var{a}-@var{e}]}, using an hyphen between two
5942 letters, is meant to represent all characters between @var{a} and
5943 @var{e}, inclusive.
5944
5945 @FIXME{need to add a sentence or so here to make this clear for those
5946 who don't have dan around.}
5947
5948 Periods (@samp{.}) or forward slashes (@samp{/}) are not considered
5949 special for wildcard matches. However, if a pattern completely matches
5950 a directory prefix of a matched string, then it matches the full matched
5951 string: excluding a directory also excludes all the files beneath it.
5952
5953 @node after
5954 @section Operating Only on New Files
5955 @cindex Excluding file by age
5956 @cindex Modification time, excluding files by
5957 @cindex Age, excluding files by
5958 @UNREVISED
5959
5960 The @value{op-after-date} option causes @command{tar} to only work on files
5961 whose modification or inode-changed times are newer than the @var{date}
5962 given. If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to
5963 be a file name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5964 If you use this option when creating or appending to an archive,
5965 the archive will only include new files. If you use @option{--after-date}
5966 when extracting an archive, @command{tar} will only extract files newer
5967 than the @var{date} you specify.
5968
5969 If you only want @command{tar} to make the date comparison based on
5970 modification of the actual contents of the file (rather than inode
5971 changes), then use the @value{op-newer-mtime} option.
5972
5973 You may use these options with any operation. Note that these options
5974 differ from the @value{op-update} operation in that they allow you to
5975 specify a particular date against which @command{tar} can compare when
5976 deciding whether or not to archive the files.
5977
5978 @table @kbd
5979 @item --after-date=@var{date}
5980 @itemx --newer=@var{date}
5981 @itemx -N @var{date}
5982 Only store files newer than @var{date}.
5983
5984 Acts on files only if their modification or inode-changed times are
5985 later than @var{date}. Use in conjunction with any operation.
5986
5987 If @var{date} starts with @samp{/} or @samp{.}, it is taken to be a file
5988 name; the last-modified time of that file is used as the date.
5989
5990 @item --newer-mtime=@var{date}
5991 Acts like @value{op-after-date}, but only looks at modification times.
5992 @end table
5993
5994 These options limit @command{tar} to only operating on files which have
5995 been modified after the date specified. A file is considered to have
5996 changed if the contents have been modified, or if the owner,
5997 permissions, and so forth, have been changed. (For more information on
5998 how to specify a date, see @ref{Date input formats}; remember that the
5999 entire date argument must be quoted if it contains any spaces.)
6000
6001 Gurus would say that @value{op-after-date} tests both the @code{mtime}
6002 (time the contents of the file were last modified) and @code{ctime}
6003 (time the file's status was last changed: owner, permissions, etc)
6004 fields, while @value{op-newer-mtime} tests only @code{mtime} field.
6005
6006 To be precise, @value{op-after-date} checks @emph{both} @code{mtime} and
6007 @code{ctime} and processes the file if either one is more recent than
6008 @var{date}, while @value{op-newer-mtime} only checks @code{mtime} and
6009 disregards @code{ctime}. Neither uses @code{atime} (the last time the
6010 contents of the file were looked at).
6011
6012 Date specifiers can have embedded spaces. Because of this, you may need
6013 to quote date arguments to keep the shell from parsing them as separate
6014 arguments.
6015
6016 @FIXME{Need example of --newer-mtime with quoted argument.}
6017
6018 @quotation
6019 @strong{Please Note:} @value{op-after-date} and @value{op-newer-mtime}
6020 should not be used for incremental backups. Some files (such as those
6021 in renamed directories) are not selected properly by these options.
6022 @xref{incremental and listed-incremental}.
6023 @end quotation
6024
6025 @noindent
6026 @FIXME{which tells -- need to fill this in!}
6027
6028 @node recurse
6029 @section Descending into Directories
6030 @cindex Avoiding recursion in directories
6031 @cindex Descending directories, avoiding
6032 @cindex Directories, avoiding recursion
6033 @cindex Recursion in directories, avoiding
6034 @UNREVISED
6035
6036 @FIXME{arrggh! this is still somewhat confusing to me. :-< }
6037
6038 @FIXME{show dan bob's comments, from 2-10-97}
6039
6040 Usually, @command{tar} will recursively explore all directories (either
6041 those given on the command line or through the @value{op-files-from}
6042 option) for the various files they contain. However, you may not always
6043 want @command{tar} to act this way.
6044
6045 The @value{op-no-recursion} option inhibits @command{tar}'s recursive descent
6046 into specified directories. If you specify @option{--no-recursion}, you can
6047 use the @command{find} utility for hunting through levels of directories to
6048 construct a list of file names which you could then pass to @command{tar}.
6049 @command{find} allows you to be more selective when choosing which files to
6050 archive; see @ref{files} for more information on using @command{find} with
6051 @command{tar}, or look.
6052
6053 @table @kbd
6054 @item --no-recursion
6055 Prevents @command{tar} from recursively descending directories.
6056
6057 @item --recursion
6058 Requires @command{tar} to recursively descend directories.
6059 This is the default.
6060 @end table
6061
6062 When you use @option{--no-recursion}, @GNUTAR{} grabs
6063 directory entries themselves, but does not descend on them
6064 recursively. Many people use @command{find} for locating files they
6065 want to back up, and since @command{tar} @emph{usually} recursively
6066 descends on directories, they have to use the @samp{@w{! -d}} option
6067 to @command{find} @FIXME{needs more explanation or a cite to another
6068 info file}as they usually do not want all the files in a directory.
6069 They then use the @value{op-files-from} option to archive the files
6070 located via @command{find}.
6071
6072 The problem when restoring files archived in this manner is that the
6073 directories themselves are not in the archive; so the
6074 @value{op-same-permissions} option does not affect them---while users
6075 might really like it to. Specifying @value{op-no-recursion} is a way to
6076 tell @command{tar} to grab only the directory entries given to it, adding
6077 no new files on its own.
6078
6079 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also applies when extracting: it
6080 causes @command{tar} to extract only the matched directory entries, not
6081 the files under those directories.
6082
6083 The @value{op-no-recursion} option also affects how exclude patterns
6084 are interpreted (@pxref{controlling pattern-patching with exclude}).
6085
6086 The @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion} options apply to
6087 later options and operands, and can be overridden by later occurrences
6088 of @option{--no-recursion} and @option{--recursion}. For example:
6089
6090 @smallexample
6091 $ @kbd{tar -cf jams.tar --norecursion grape --recursion grape/concord}
6092 @end smallexample
6093
6094 @noindent
6095 creates an archive with one entry for @file{grape}, and the recursive
6096 contents of @file{grape/concord}, but no entries under @file{grape}
6097 other than @file{grape/concord}.
6098
6099 @node one
6100 @section Crossing Filesystem Boundaries
6101 @cindex File system boundaries, not crossing
6102 @UNREVISED
6103
6104 @command{tar} will normally automatically cross file system boundaries in
6105 order to archive files which are part of a directory tree. You can
6106 change this behavior by running @command{tar} and specifying
6107 @value{op-one-file-system}. This option only affects files that are
6108 archived because they are in a directory that is being archived;
6109 @command{tar} will still archive files explicitly named on the command line
6110 or through @value{op-files-from}, regardless of where they reside.
6111
6112 @table @kbd
6113 @item --one-file-system
6114 @itemx -l
6115 Prevents @command{tar} from crossing file system boundaries when
6116 archiving. Use in conjunction with any write operation.
6117 @end table
6118
6119 The @option{--one-file-system} option causes @command{tar} to modify its
6120 normal behavior in archiving the contents of directories. If a file in
6121 a directory is not on the same filesystem as the directory itself, then
6122 @command{tar} will not archive that file. If the file is a directory
6123 itself, @command{tar} will not archive anything beneath it; in other words,
6124 @command{tar} will not cross mount points.
6125
6126 It is reported that using this option, the mount point is is archived,
6127 but nothing under it.
6128
6129 This option is useful for making full or incremental archival backups of
6130 a file system. If this option is used in conjunction with
6131 @value{op-verbose}, files that are excluded are mentioned by name on the
6132 standard error.
6133
6134 @menu
6135 * directory:: Changing Directory
6136 * absolute:: Absolute File Names
6137 @end menu
6138
6139 @node directory
6140 @subsection Changing the Working Directory
6141
6142 @FIXME{need to read over this node now for continuity; i've switched
6143 things around some.}
6144
6145 @cindex Changing directory mid-stream
6146 @cindex Directory, changing mid-stream
6147 @cindex Working directory, specifying
6148 @UNREVISED
6149
6150 To change the working directory in the middle of a list of file names,
6151 either on the command line or in a file specified using
6152 @value{op-files-from}, use @value{op-directory}. This will change the
6153 working directory to the directory @var{directory} after that point in
6154 the list.
6155
6156 @table @kbd
6157 @item --directory=@var{directory}
6158 @itemx -C @var{directory}
6159 Changes the working directory in the middle of a command line.
6160 @end table
6161
6162 For example,
6163
6164 @smallexample
6165 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food cherry}
6166 @end smallexample
6167
6168 @noindent
6169 will place the files @file{grape} and @file{prune} from the current
6170 directory into the archive @file{jams.tar}, followed by the file
6171 @file{cherry} from the directory @file{food}. This option is especially
6172 useful when you have several widely separated files that you want to
6173 store in the same archive.
6174
6175 Note that the file @file{cherry} is recorded in the archive under the
6176 precise name @file{cherry}, @emph{not} @file{food/cherry}. Thus, the
6177 archive will contain three files that all appear to have come from the
6178 same directory; if the archive is extracted with plain @samp{tar
6179 --extract}, all three files will be written in the current directory.
6180
6181 Contrast this with the command,
6182
6183 @smallexample
6184 $ @kbd{tar -c -f jams.tar grape prune -C food red/cherry}
6185 @end smallexample
6186
6187 @noindent
6188 which records the third file in the archive under the name
6189 @file{red/cherry} so that, if the archive is extracted using
6190 @samp{tar --extract}, the third file will be written in a subdirectory
6191 named @file{orange-colored}.
6192
6193 You can use the @option{--directory} option to make the archive
6194 independent of the original name of the directory holding the files.
6195 The following command places the files @file{/etc/passwd},
6196 @file{/etc/hosts}, and @file{/lib/libc.a} into the archive
6197 @file{foo.tar}:
6198
6199 @smallexample
6200 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar -C /etc passwd hosts -C /lib libc.a}
6201 @end smallexample
6202
6203 @noindent
6204 However, the names of the archive members will be exactly what they were
6205 on the command line: @file{passwd}, @file{hosts}, and @file{libc.a}.
6206 They will not appear to be related by file name to the original
6207 directories where those files were located.
6208
6209 Note that @option{--directory} options are interpreted consecutively. If
6210 @option{--directory} specifies a relative file name, it is interpreted
6211 relative to the then current directory, which might not be the same as
6212 the original current working directory of @command{tar}, due to a previous
6213 @option{--directory} option.
6214
6215 When using @option{--files-from} (@pxref{files}), you can put various
6216 @command{tar} options (including @option{-C}) in the file list. Notice,
6217 however, that in this case the option and its argument may not be
6218 separated by whitespace. If you use short option, its argument must
6219 either follow the option letter immediately, without any intervening
6220 whitespace, or occupy the next line. Otherwise, if you use long
6221 option, separate its argument by an equal sign.
6222
6223 For instance, the file list for the above example will be:
6224
6225 @smallexample
6226 @group
6227 -C
6228 /etc
6229 passwd
6230 hosts
6231 -C
6232 /lib
6233 libc.a
6234 @end group
6235 @end smallexample
6236
6237 @noindent
6238 To use it, you would invoke @command{tar} as follows:
6239
6240 @smallexample
6241 $ @kbd{tar -c -f foo.tar --files-from list}
6242 @end smallexample
6243
6244 Notice also that you can only use the short option variant in the file
6245 list, i.e. always use @option{-C}, not @option{--directory}.
6246
6247 The interpretation of @value{op-directory} is disabled by
6248 @value{op-null} option.
6249
6250 @node absolute
6251 @subsection Absolute File Names
6252 @UNREVISED
6253
6254 @table @kbd
6255 @item -P
6256 @itemx --absolute-names
6257 Do not strip leading slashes from file names, and permit file names
6258 containing a @file{..} file name component.
6259 @end table
6260
6261 By default, @GNUTAR{} drops a leading @samp{/} on
6262 input or output, and complains about file names containing a @file{..}
6263 component. This option turns off this behavior.
6264
6265 When @command{tar} extracts archive members from an archive, it strips any
6266 leading slashes (@samp{/}) from the member name. This causes absolute
6267 member names in the archive to be treated as relative file names. This
6268 allows you to have such members extracted wherever you want, instead of
6269 being restricted to extracting the member in the exact directory named
6270 in the archive. For example, if the archive member has the name
6271 @file{/etc/passwd}, @command{tar} will extract it as if the name were
6272 really @file{etc/passwd}.
6273
6274 File names containing @file{..} can cause problems when extracting, so
6275 @command{tar} normally warns you about such files when creating an
6276 archive, and rejects attempts to extracts such files.
6277
6278 Other @command{tar} programs do not do this. As a result, if you
6279 create an archive whose member names start with a slash, they will be
6280 difficult for other people with a non-@GNUTAR{}
6281 program to use. Therefore, @GNUTAR{} also strips
6282 leading slashes from member names when putting members into the
6283 archive. For example, if you ask @command{tar} to add the file
6284 @file{/bin/ls} to an archive, it will do so, but the member name will
6285 be @file{bin/ls}.
6286
6287 If you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @command{tar} will do
6288 none of these transformations.
6289
6290 To archive or extract files relative to the root directory, specify
6291 the @value{op-absolute-names} option.
6292
6293 Normally, @command{tar} acts on files relative to the working
6294 directory---ignoring superior directory names when archiving, and
6295 ignoring leading slashes when extracting.
6296
6297 When you specify @value{op-absolute-names}, @command{tar} stores file names
6298 including all superior directory names, and preserves leading slashes.
6299 If you only invoked @command{tar} from the root directory you would never
6300 need the @value{op-absolute-names} option, but using this option may be
6301 more convenient than switching to root.
6302
6303 @FIXME{Should be an example in the tutorial/wizardry section using this
6304 to transfer files between systems.}
6305
6306 @FIXME{Is write access an issue?}
6307
6308 @table @kbd
6309 @item --absolute-names
6310 Preserves full file names (including superior directory names) when
6311 archiving files. Preserves leading slash when extracting files.
6312
6313 @end table
6314
6315 @FIXME{this is still horrible; need to talk with dan on monday.}
6316
6317 @command{tar} prints out a message about removing the @samp{/} from
6318 file names. This message appears once per @GNUTAR{}
6319 invocation. It represents something which ought to be told; ignoring
6320 what it means can cause very serious surprises, later.
6321
6322 Some people, nevertheless, do not want to see this message. Wanting to
6323 play really dangerously, one may of course redirect @command{tar} standard
6324 error to the sink. For example, under @command{sh}:
6325
6326 @smallexample
6327 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar /home 2> /dev/null}
6328 @end smallexample
6329
6330 @noindent
6331 Another solution, both nicer and simpler, would be to change to
6332 the @file{/} directory first, and then avoid absolute notation.
6333 For example:
6334
6335 @smallexample
6336 $ @kbd{(cd / && tar -c -f archive.tar home)}
6337 $ @kbd{tar -c -f archive.tar -C / home}
6338 @end smallexample
6339
6340 @include getdate.texi
6341
6342 @node Formats
6343 @chapter Controlling the Archive Format
6344
6345 Due to historical reasons, there are several formats of tar archives.
6346 All of them are based on the same principles, but have some subtle
6347 differences that often make them incompatible with each other.
6348
6349 GNU tar is able to create and handle archives in a variety of formats.
6350 The most frequently used formats are (in alphabetical order):
6351
6352 @table @asis
6353 @item gnu
6354 Format used by @GNUTAR{} versions up to 1.13.25. This format derived
6355 from an early @acronym{POSIX} standard, adding some improvements such as
6356 sparse file handling and incremental archives. Unfortunately these
6357 features were implemented in a way incompatible with other archive
6358 formats.
6359
6360 Archives in @samp{gnu} format are able to hold pathnames of unlimited
6361 length.
6362
6363 @item oldgnu
6364 Format used by @GNUTAR{} of versions prior to 1.12.
6365
6366 @item v7
6367 Archive format, compatible with the V7 implementation of tar. This
6368 format imposes a number of limitations. The most important of them
6369 are:
6370
6371 @enumerate
6372 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 99 characters.
6373 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link is limited to 99 characters.
6374 @item It is impossible to store special files (block and character
6375 devices, fifos etc.)
6376 @item Maximum value of user or group ID is limited to 2097151 (7777777
6377 octal)
6378 @item V7 archives do not contain symbolic ownership information (user
6379 and group name of the file owner).
6380 @end enumerate
6381
6382 This format has traditionally been used by Automake when producing
6383 Makefiles. This practice will change in the future, in the meantime,
6384 however this means that projects containing filenames more than 99
6385 characters long will not be able to use @GNUTAR{} @value{VERSION} and
6386 Automake prior to 1.9.
6387
6388 @item ustar
6389 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-1988} specification. It stores
6390 symbolic ownership information. It is also able to store
6391 special files. However, it imposes several restrictions as well:
6392
6393 @enumerate
6394 @item The maximum length of a file name is limited to 256 characters,
6395 provided that the filename can be split at directory separator in
6396 two parts, first of them being at most 155 bytes long. So, in most
6397 cases the maximum file name length will be shorter than 256
6398 characters.
6399 @item The maximum length of a symbolic link name is limited to
6400 100 characters.
6401 @item Maximum size of a file the archive is able to accomodate
6402 is 8GB
6403 @item Maximum value of UID/GID is 2097151.
6404 @item Maximum number of bits in device major and minor numbers is 21.
6405 @end enumerate
6406
6407 @item star
6408 Format used by J@"org Schilling @command{star}
6409 implementation. @GNUTAR{} is able to read @samp{star} archives but
6410 currently does not produce them.
6411
6412 @item posix
6413 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} specification. This is the
6414 most flexible and feature-rich format. It does not impose any
6415 restrictions on file sizes or filename lengths. This format is quite
6416 recent, so not all tar implementations are able to handle it properly.
6417 However, this format is designed in such a way that any tar
6418 implementation able to read @samp{ustar} archives will be able to read
6419 most @samp{posix} archives as well, with the only exception that any
6420 additional information (such as long file names etc.) will in such
6421 case be extracted as plain text files along with the files it refers to.
6422
6423 This archive format will be the default format for future versions
6424 of @GNUTAR{}.
6425
6426 @end table
6427
6428 The following table summarizes the limitations of each of these
6429 formats:
6430
6431 @multitable @columnfractions .10 .20 .20 .20 .20
6432 @item Format @tab UID @tab File Size @tab Path Name @tab Devn
6433 @item gnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6434 @item oldgnu @tab 1.8e19 @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab 63
6435 @item v7 @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 99 @tab n/a
6436 @item ustar @tab 2097151 @tab 8GB @tab 256 @tab 21
6437 @item posix @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited @tab Unlimited
6438 @end multitable
6439
6440 The default format for @GNUTAR{} is defined at compilation
6441 time. You may check it by running @command{tar --help}, and examining
6442 the last lines of its output. Usually, @GNUTAR{} is configured
6443 to create archives in @samp{gnu} format, however, future version will
6444 switch to @samp{posix}.
6445
6446 @menu
6447 * Portability:: Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6448 * Compression:: Using Less Space through Compression
6449 * Attributes:: Handling File Attributes
6450 * Standard:: The Standard Format
6451 * Extensions:: @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
6452 * cpio:: Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
6453 @end menu
6454
6455 @node Portability
6456 @section Making @command{tar} Archives More Portable
6457
6458 Creating a @command{tar} archive on a particular system that is meant to be
6459 useful later on many other machines and with other versions of @command{tar}
6460 is more challenging than you might think. @command{tar} archive formats
6461 have been evolving since the first versions of Unix. Many such formats
6462 are around, and are not always compatible with each other. This section
6463 discusses a few problems, and gives some advice about making @command{tar}
6464 archives more portable.
6465
6466 One golden rule is simplicity. For example, limit your @command{tar}
6467 archives to contain only regular files and directories, avoiding
6468 other kind of special files. Do not attempt to save sparse files or
6469 contiguous files as such. Let's discuss a few more problems, in turn.
6470
6471 @menu
6472 * Portable Names:: Portable Names
6473 * dereference:: Symbolic Links
6474 * old:: Old V7 Archives
6475 * ustar:: Ustar Archives
6476 * gnu:: GNU and old GNU format archives.
6477 * posix:: @acronym{POSIX} archives
6478 * Checksumming:: Checksumming Problems
6479 * Large or Negative Values:: Large files, negative time stamps, etc.
6480 @end menu
6481
6482 @node Portable Names
6483 @subsection Portable Names
6484
6485 Use portable file and member names. A name is portable if it contains
6486 only ASCII letters and digits, @samp{/}, @samp{.}, @samp{_}, and
6487 @samp{-}; it cannot be empty, start with @samp{-} or @samp{//}, or
6488 contain @samp{/-}. Avoid deep directory nesting. For portability to
6489 old Unix hosts, limit your file name components to 14 characters or
6490 less.
6491
6492 If you intend to have your @command{tar} archives to be read under
6493 MSDOS, you should not rely on case distinction for file names, and you
6494 might use the @acronym{GNU} @command{doschk} program for helping you
6495 further diagnosing illegal MSDOS names, which are even more limited
6496 than System V's.
6497
6498 @node dereference
6499 @subsection Symbolic Links
6500 @cindex File names, using symbolic links
6501 @cindex Symbolic link as file name
6502
6503 Normally, when @command{tar} archives a symbolic link, it writes a
6504 block to the archive naming the target of the link. In that way, the
6505 @command{tar} archive is a faithful record of the filesystem contents.
6506 @value{op-dereference} is used with @value{op-create}, and causes
6507 @command{tar} to archive the files symbolic links point to, instead of
6508 the links themselves. When this option is used, when @command{tar}
6509 encounters a symbolic link, it will archive the linked-to file,
6510 instead of simply recording the presence of a symbolic link.
6511
6512 The name under which the file is stored in the file system is not
6513 recorded in the archive. To record both the symbolic link name and
6514 the file name in the system, archive the file under both names. If
6515 all links were recorded automatically by @command{tar}, an extracted file
6516 might be linked to a file name that no longer exists in the file
6517 system.
6518
6519 If a linked-to file is encountered again by @command{tar} while creating
6520 the same archive, an entire second copy of it will be stored. (This
6521 @emph{might} be considered a bug.)
6522
6523 So, for portable archives, do not archive symbolic links as such,
6524 and use @value{op-dereference}: many systems do not support
6525 symbolic links, and moreover, your distribution might be unusable if
6526 it contains unresolved symbolic links.
6527
6528 @node old
6529 @subsection Old V7 Archives
6530 @cindex Format, old style
6531 @cindex Old style format
6532 @cindex Old style archives
6533
6534 Certain old versions of @command{tar} cannot handle additional
6535 information recorded by newer @command{tar} programs. To create an
6536 archive in V7 format (not ANSI), which can be read by these old
6537 versions, specify the @value{op-format-v7} option in
6538 conjunction with the @value{op-create} (@command{tar} also
6539 accepts @option{--portability} or @samp{op-old-archive} for this
6540 option). When you specify it,
6541 @command{tar} leaves out information about directories, pipes, fifos,
6542 contiguous files, and device files, and specifies file ownership by
6543 group and user IDs instead of group and user names.
6544
6545 When updating an archive, do not use @value{op-format-v7}
6546 unless the archive was created using this option.
6547
6548 In most cases, a @emph{new} format archive can be read by an @emph{old}
6549 @command{tar} program without serious trouble, so this option should
6550 seldom be needed. On the other hand, most modern @command{tar}s are
6551 able to read old format archives, so it might be safer for you to
6552 always use @value{op-format-v7} for your distributions.
6553
6554 @node ustar
6555 @subsection Ustar Archive Format
6556
6557 Archive format defined by @acronym{POSIX}.1-1988 specification is called
6558 @code{ustar}. Although it is more flexible than the V7 format, it
6559 still has many restrictions (@xref{Formats,ustar}, for the detailed
6560 description of @code{ustar} format). Along with V7 format,
6561 @code{ustar} format is a good choice for archives intended to be read
6562 with other implementations of @command{tar}.
6563
6564 To create archive in @code{ustar} format, use @value{op-format-ustar}
6565 option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}.
6566
6567 @node gnu
6568 @subsection @acronym{GNU} and old @GNUTAR{} format
6569
6570 @GNUTAR{} was based on an early draft of the
6571 @acronym{POSIX} 1003.1 @code{ustar} standard. @acronym{GNU} extensions to
6572 @command{tar}, such as the support for file names longer than 100
6573 characters, use portions of the @command{tar} header record which were
6574 specified in that @acronym{POSIX} draft as unused. Subsequent changes in
6575 @acronym{POSIX} have allocated the same parts of the header record for
6576 other purposes. As a result, @GNUTAR{} format is
6577 incompatible with the current @acronym{POSIX} specification, and with
6578 @command{tar} programs that follow it.
6579
6580 In the majority of cases, @command{tar} will be configured to create
6581 this format by default. This will change in the future releases, since
6582 we plan to make @samp{posix} format the default.
6583
6584 To force creation a @GNUTAR{} archive, use option
6585 @value{op-format-gnu}.
6586
6587 Some @command{tar} options are currently basing on @GNUTAR{}
6588 format, and can therefore be used only with @samp{gnu}
6589 or @samp{oldgnu} archive formats. The list of such options follows:
6590
6591 @itemize @bullet
6592 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6593 @item @value{op-incremental}
6594 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6595 @end itemize
6596
6597 These options will be re-implemented for the @samp{posix} archive
6598 format in the future.
6599
6600 @node posix
6601 @subsection @GNUTAR{} and @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar}
6602
6603 The version @value{VERSION} of @GNUTAR{} is able
6604 to read and create archives conforming to @acronym{POSIX.1-2001} standard.
6605
6606 A @acronym{POSIX} conformant archive will be created if @command{tar}
6607 was given @value{op-format-posix} option.
6608 Notice, that currently @acronym{GNU} extensions are not
6609 allowed with this format. Following is the list of options that
6610 cannot be used with @value{op-format-posix}:
6611
6612 @itemize @bullet
6613 @item @value{op-label}, when used with @value{op-create}.
6614 @item @value{op-incremental}
6615 @item @value{op-multi-volume}
6616 @end itemize
6617
6618 This restriction will disappear in the future versions.
6619
6620 @node Checksumming
6621 @subsection Checksumming Problems
6622
6623 SunOS and HP-UX @command{tar} fail to accept archives created using
6624 @GNUTAR{} and containing non-ASCII file names, that
6625 is, file names having characters with the eight bit set, because they
6626 use signed checksums, while @GNUTAR{} uses unsigned
6627 checksums while creating archives, as per @acronym{POSIX} standards. On
6628 reading, @GNUTAR{} computes both checksums and
6629 accept any. It is somewhat worrying that a lot of people may go
6630 around doing backup of their files using faulty (or at least
6631 non-standard) software, not learning about it until it's time to
6632 restore their missing files with an incompatible file extractor, or
6633 vice versa.
6634
6635 @GNUTAR{} compute checksums both ways, and accept
6636 any on read, so @acronym{GNU} tar can read Sun tapes even with their
6637 wrong checksums. @GNUTAR{} produces the standard
6638 checksum, however, raising incompatibilities with Sun. That is to
6639 say, @GNUTAR{} has not been modified to
6640 @emph{produce} incorrect archives to be read by buggy @command{tar}'s.
6641 I've been told that more recent Sun @command{tar} now read standard
6642 archives, so maybe Sun did a similar patch, after all?
6643
6644 The story seems to be that when Sun first imported @command{tar}
6645 sources on their system, they recompiled it without realizing that
6646 the checksums were computed differently, because of a change in
6647 the default signing of @code{char}'s in their compiler. So they
6648 started computing checksums wrongly. When they later realized their
6649 mistake, they merely decided to stay compatible with it, and with
6650 themselves afterwards. Presumably, but I do not really know, HP-UX
6651 has chosen that their @command{tar} archives to be compatible with Sun's.
6652 The current standards do not favor Sun @command{tar} format. In any
6653 case, it now falls on the shoulders of SunOS and HP-UX users to get
6654 a @command{tar} able to read the good archives they receive.
6655
6656 @node Large or Negative Values
6657 @subsection Large or Negative Values
6658 @cindex large values
6659 @cindex future time stamps
6660 @cindex negative time stamps
6661
6662 @acronym{POSIX} @command{tar} format uses fixed-sized unsigned octal strings
6663 to represent numeric values. User and group IDs and device major and
6664 minor numbers have unsigned 21-bit representations, and file sizes and
6665 times have unsigned 33-bit representations. @GNUTAR{}
6666 generates @acronym{POSIX} representations when possible, but for values
6667 outside the @acronym{POSIX} range it generates two's-complement base-256
6668 strings: uids, gids, and device numbers have signed 57-bit
6669 representations, and file sizes and times have signed 89-bit
6670 representations. These representations are an extension to @acronym{POSIX}
6671 @command{tar} format, so they are not universally portable.
6672
6673 The most common portability problems with out-of-range numeric values
6674 are large files and future or negative time stamps.
6675
6676 Portable archives should avoid members of 8 GB or larger, as @acronym{POSIX}
6677 @command{tar} format cannot represent them.
6678
6679 Portable archives should avoid time stamps from the future. @acronym{POSIX}
6680 @command{tar} format can represent time stamps in the range 1970-01-01
6681 00:00:00 through 2242-03-16 12:56:31 @sc{utc}. However, many current
6682 hosts use a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, or internal time stamp format,
6683 and cannot represent time stamps after 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}; so
6684 portable archives must avoid these time stamps for many years to come.
6685
6686 Portable archives should also avoid time stamps before 1970. These time
6687 stamps are a common @acronym{POSIX} extension but their @code{time_t}
6688 representations are negative. Many traditional @command{tar}
6689 implementations generate a two's complement representation for negative
6690 time stamps that assumes a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}; hence they
6691 generate archives that are not portable to hosts with differing
6692 @code{time_t} representations. @GNUTAR{} recognizes this
6693 situation when it is run on host with a signed 32-bit @code{time_t}, but
6694 it issues a warning, as these time stamps are nonstandard and unportable.
6695
6696 @node Compression
6697 @section Using Less Space through Compression
6698
6699 @menu
6700 * gzip:: Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6701 * sparse:: Archiving Sparse Files
6702 @end menu
6703
6704 @node gzip
6705 @subsection Creating and Reading Compressed Archives
6706 @cindex Compressed archives
6707 @cindex Storing archives in compressed format
6708
6709 @GNUTAR{} is able to create and read compressed archives. It supports
6710 @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2} compression programms. For backward
6711 compatibilty, it also supports @command{compress} command, although
6712 we strongly recommend against using it, since there is a patent
6713 covering the algorithm it uses and you could be sued for patent
6714 infringement merely by running @command{compress}! Besides, it is less
6715 effective than @command{gzip} and @command{bzip2}.
6716
6717 Creating a compressed archive is simple: you just specify a
6718 @dfn{compression option} along with the usual archive creation
6719 commands. The compression option is @option{-z} (@option{--gzip}) to
6720 create a @command{gzip} compressed archive, @option{-j}
6721 (@option{--bzip2}) to create a @command{bzip2} compressed archive, and
6722 @option{-Z} (@option{--compress}) to use @command{compress} program.
6723 For example:
6724
6725 @smallexample
6726 $ @kbd{tar cfz archive.tar.gz .}
6727 @end smallexample
6728
6729 Reading compressed archive is even simpler: you don't need to specify
6730 any additional options as @GNUTAR{} recognizes its format
6731 automatically. Thus, the following commands will list and extract the
6732 archive created in previous example:
6733
6734 @smallexample
6735 # List the compressed archive
6736 $ @kbd{tar tf archive.tar.gz}
6737 # Extract the compressed archive
6738 $ @kbd{tar xf archive.tar.gz}
6739 @end smallexample
6740
6741 The only case when you have to specify a decompression option while
6742 reading the archive is when reading from a pipe or from a tape drive
6743 that does not support random access. However, in this case @GNUTAR{}
6744 will indicate which option you should use. For example:
6745
6746 @smallexample
6747 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tf -}
6748 tar: Archive is compressed. Use -z option
6749 tar: Error is not recoverable: exiting now
6750 @end smallexample
6751
6752 If you see such diagnostics, just add the suggested option to the
6753 invocation of @GNUTAR{}:
6754
6755 @smallexample
6756 $ @kbd{cat archive.tar.gz | tar tfz -}
6757 @end smallexample
6758
6759 Notice also, that there are several restrictions on operations on
6760 compressed archives. First of all, compressed archives cannot be
6761 modified, i.e. you cannot update (@value{op-update}) them or delete
6762 (@value{op-delete}) members from them. Likewise, you cannot append
6763 another @command{tar} archive to a compressed archive using
6764 @value{op-append}). Secondly, multi-volume archives cannot be
6765 compressed.
6766
6767 The following table summarizes compression options used by @GNUTAR{}.
6768
6769 @table @kbd
6770 @item -z
6771 @itemx --gzip
6772 @itemx --ungzip
6773 Filter the archive through @command{gzip}.
6774
6775 You can use @option{--gzip} and @option{--gunzip} on physical devices
6776 (tape drives, etc.) and remote files as well as on normal files; data
6777 to or from such devices or remote files is reblocked by another copy
6778 of the @command{tar} program to enforce the specified (or default) record
6779 size. The default compression parameters are used; if you need to
6780 override them, set @env{GZIP} environment variable, e.g.:
6781
6782 @smallexample
6783 $ @kbd{GZIP=--best tar cfz archive.tar.gz subdir}
6784 @end smallexample
6785
6786 @noindent
6787 Another way would be to avoid the @value{op-gzip} option and run
6788 @command{gzip} explicitly:
6789
6790 @smallexample
6791 $ @kbd{tar cf - subdir | gzip --best -c - > archive.tar.gz}
6792 @end smallexample
6793
6794 @cindex corrupted archives
6795 About corrupted compressed archives: @command{gzip}'ed files have no
6796 redundancy, for maximum compression. The adaptive nature of the
6797 compression scheme means that the compression tables are implicitly
6798 spread all over the archive. If you lose a few blocks, the dynamic
6799 construction of the compression tables becomes unsynchronized, and there
6800 is little chance that you could recover later in the archive.
6801
6802 There are pending suggestions for having a per-volume or per-file
6803 compression in @GNUTAR{}. This would allow for viewing the
6804 contents without decompression, and for resynchronizing decompression at
6805 every volume or file, in case of corrupted archives. Doing so, we might
6806 lose some compressibility. But this would have make recovering easier.
6807 So, there are pros and cons. We'll see!
6808
6809 @item -j
6810 @itemx --bzip2
6811 Filter the archive through @code{bzip2}. Otherwise like @value{op-gzip}.
6812
6813 @item -Z
6814 @itemx --compress
6815 @itemx --uncompress
6816 Filter the archive through @command{compress}. Otherwise like
6817 @value{op-gzip}.
6818
6819 The @acronym{GNU} Project recommends you not use
6820 @command{compress}, because there is a patent covering the algorithm it
6821 uses. You could be sued for patent infringement merely by running
6822 @command{compress}.
6823
6824 @item --use-compress-program=@var{prog}
6825 Use external compression program @var{prog}. Use this option if you
6826 have a compression program that @GNUTAR{} does not support. There
6827 are two requirements to which @var{prog} should comply:
6828
6829 First, when called without options, it should read data from standard
6830 input, compress it and output it on standard output.
6831
6832 Secondly, if called with @option{-d} argument, it should do exactly
6833 the opposite, i.e. read the compressed data from the standard input
6834 and produce uncompressed data on the standard output.
6835 @end table
6836
6837 @FIXME{I have one question, or maybe it's a suggestion if there isn't a way
6838 to do it now. I would like to use @value{op-gzip}, but I'd also like
6839 the output to be fed through a program like @acronym{GNU}
6840 @command{ecc} (actually, right now that's @samp{exactly} what I'd like
6841 to use :-)), basically adding ECC protection on top of compression.
6842 It seems as if this should be quite easy to do, but I can't work out
6843 exactly how to go about it. Of course, I can pipe the standard output
6844 of @command{tar} through @command{ecc}, but then I lose (though I
6845 haven't started using it yet, I confess) the ability to have
6846 @command{tar} use @command{rmt} for it's I/O (I think).
6847
6848 I think the most straightforward thing would be to let me specify a
6849 general set of filters outboard of compression (preferably ordered,
6850 so the order can be automatically reversed on input operations, and
6851 with the options they require specifiable), but beggars shouldn't be
6852 choosers and anything you decide on would be fine with me.
6853
6854 By the way, I like @command{ecc} but if (as the comments say) it can't
6855 deal with loss of block sync, I'm tempted to throw some time at adding
6856 that capability. Supposing I were to actually do such a thing and
6857 get it (apparently) working, do you accept contributed changes to
6858 utilities like that? (Leigh Clayton @file{loc@@soliton.com}, May 1995).
6859
6860 Isn't that exactly the role of the @value{op-use-compress-prog} option?
6861 I never tried it myself, but I suspect you may want to write a
6862 @var{prog} script or program able to filter stdin to stdout to
6863 way you want. It should recognize the @option{-d} option, for when
6864 extraction is needed rather than creation.
6865
6866 It has been reported that if one writes compressed data (through the
6867 @value{op-gzip} or @value{op-compress} options) to a DLT and tries to use
6868 the DLT compression mode, the data will actually get bigger and one will
6869 end up with less space on the tape.}
6870
6871 @node sparse
6872 @subsection Archiving Sparse Files
6873 @cindex Sparse Files
6874 @UNREVISED
6875
6876 @table @kbd
6877 @item -S
6878 @itemx --sparse
6879 Handle sparse files efficiently.
6880 @end table
6881
6882 This option causes all files to be put in the archive to be tested for
6883 sparseness, and handled specially if they are. The @value{op-sparse}
6884 option is useful when many @code{dbm} files, for example, are being
6885 backed up. Using this option dramatically decreases the amount of
6886 space needed to store such a file.
6887
6888 In later versions, this option may be removed, and the testing and
6889 treatment of sparse files may be done automatically with any special
6890 @acronym{GNU} options. For now, it is an option needing to be specified on
6891 the command line with the creation or updating of an archive.
6892
6893 Files in the filesystem occasionally have ``holes.'' A hole in a file
6894 is a section of the file's contents which was never written. The
6895 contents of a hole read as all zeros. On many operating systems,
6896 actual disk storage is not allocated for holes, but they are counted
6897 in the length of the file. If you archive such a file, @command{tar}
6898 could create an archive longer than the original. To have @command{tar}
6899 attempt to recognize the holes in a file, use @value{op-sparse}. When
6900 you use the @value{op-sparse} option, then, for any file using less
6901 disk space than would be expected from its length, @command{tar} searches
6902 the file for consecutive stretches of zeros. It then records in the
6903 archive for the file where the consecutive stretches of zeros are, and
6904 only archives the ``real contents'' of the file. On extraction (using
6905 @value{op-sparse} is not needed on extraction) any such files have
6906 holes created wherever the continuous stretches of zeros were found.
6907 Thus, if you use @value{op-sparse}, @command{tar} archives won't take
6908 more space than the original.
6909
6910 A file is sparse if it contains blocks of zeros whose existence is
6911 recorded, but that have no space allocated on disk. When you specify
6912 the @value{op-sparse} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create}
6913 operation, @command{tar} tests all files for sparseness while archiving.
6914 If @command{tar} finds a file to be sparse, it uses a sparse representation of
6915 the file in the archive. @value{xref-create}, for more information
6916 about creating archives.
6917
6918 @value{op-sparse} is useful when archiving files, such as dbm files,
6919 likely to contain many nulls. This option dramatically
6920 decreases the amount of space needed to store such an archive.
6921
6922 @quotation
6923 @strong{Please Note:} Always use @value{op-sparse} when performing file
6924 system backups, to avoid archiving the expanded forms of files stored
6925 sparsely in the system.
6926
6927 Even if your system has no sparse files currently, some may be
6928 created in the future. If you use @value{op-sparse} while making file
6929 system backups as a matter of course, you can be assured the archive
6930 will never take more space on the media than the files take on disk
6931 (otherwise, archiving a disk filled with sparse files might take
6932 hundreds of tapes). @FIXME-xref{incremental when node name is set.}
6933 @end quotation
6934
6935 @command{tar} ignores the @value{op-sparse} option when reading an archive.
6936
6937 @table @kbd
6938 @item --sparse
6939 @itemx -S
6940 Files stored sparsely in the file system are represented sparsely in
6941 the archive. Use in conjunction with write operations.
6942 @end table
6943
6944 However, users should be well aware that at archive creation time,
6945 @GNUTAR{} still has to read whole disk file to
6946 locate the @dfn{holes}, and so, even if sparse files use little space
6947 on disk and in the archive, they may sometimes require inordinate
6948 amount of time for reading and examining all-zero blocks of a file.
6949 Although it works, it's painfully slow for a large (sparse) file, even
6950 though the resulting tar archive may be small. (One user reports that
6951 dumping a @file{core} file of over 400 megabytes, but with only about
6952 3 megabytes of actual data, took about 9 minutes on a Sun Sparcstation
6953 ELC, with full CPU utilization.)
6954
6955 This reading is required in all cases and is not related to the fact
6956 the @value{op-sparse} option is used or not, so by merely @emph{not}
6957 using the option, you are not saving time@footnote{Well! We should say
6958 the whole truth, here. When @value{op-sparse} is selected while creating
6959 an archive, the current @command{tar} algorithm requires sparse files to be
6960 read twice, not once. We hope to develop a new archive format for saving
6961 sparse files in which one pass will be sufficient.}.
6962
6963 Programs like @command{dump} do not have to read the entire file; by
6964 examining the file system directly, they can determine in advance
6965 exactly where the holes are and thus avoid reading through them. The
6966 only data it need read are the actual allocated data blocks.
6967 @GNUTAR{} uses a more portable and straightforward
6968 archiving approach, it would be fairly difficult that it does
6969 otherwise. Elizabeth Zwicky writes to @file{comp.unix.internals}, on
6970 1990-12-10:
6971
6972 @quotation
6973 What I did say is that you cannot tell the difference between a hole and an
6974 equivalent number of nulls without reading raw blocks. @code{st_blocks} at
6975 best tells you how many holes there are; it doesn't tell you @emph{where}.
6976 Just as programs may, conceivably, care what @code{st_blocks} is (care
6977 to name one that does?), they may also care where the holes are (I have
6978 no examples of this one either, but it's equally imaginable).
6979
6980 I conclude from this that good archivers are not portable. One can
6981 arguably conclude that if you want a portable program, you can in good
6982 conscience restore files with as many holes as possible, since you can't
6983 get it right.
6984 @end quotation
6985
6986 @node Attributes
6987 @section Handling File Attributes
6988 @UNREVISED
6989
6990 When @command{tar} reads files, this causes them to have the access
6991 times updated. To have @command{tar} attempt to set the access times
6992 back to what they were before they were read, use the
6993 @value{op-atime-preserve} option.
6994
6995 Handling of file attributes
6996
6997 @table @kbd
6998 @item --atime-preserve
6999 Preserve access times on files that are read.
7000 This doesn't work for files that
7001 you don't own, unless you're root, and it doesn't interact with
7002 incremental dumps nicely (@pxref{Backups}), and it can set access or
7003 modification times incorrectly if other programs access the file while
7004 @command{tar} is running; but it is good enough for some purposes.
7005
7006 @item -m
7007 @itemx --touch
7008 Do not extract file modified time.
7009
7010 When this option is used, @command{tar} leaves the modification times
7011 of the files it extracts as the time when the files were extracted,
7012 instead of setting it to the time recorded in the archive.
7013
7014 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7015
7016 @item --same-owner
7017 Create extracted files with the same ownership they have in the
7018 archive.
7019
7020 This is the default behavior for the superuser,
7021 so this option is meaningful only for non-root users, when @command{tar}
7022 is executed on those systems able to give files away. This is
7023 considered as a security flaw by many people, at least because it
7024 makes quite difficult to correctly account users for the disk space
7025 they occupy. Also, the @code{suid} or @code{sgid} attributes of
7026 files are easily and silently lost when files are given away.
7027
7028 When writing an archive, @command{tar} writes the user id and user name
7029 separately. If it can't find a user name (because the user id is not
7030 in @file{/etc/passwd}), then it does not write one. When restoring,
7031 and doing a @code{chmod} like when you use @value{op-same-permissions},
7032 @FIXME{same-owner?}it tries to look the name (if one was written)
7033 up in @file{/etc/passwd}. If it fails, then it uses the user id
7034 stored in the archive instead.
7035
7036 @item --no-same-owner
7037 @itemx -o
7038 Do not attempt to restore ownership when extracting. This is the
7039 default behavior for ordinary users, so this option has an effect
7040 only for the superuser.
7041
7042 @item --numeric-owner
7043 The @value{op-numeric-owner} option allows (ANSI) archives to be written
7044 without user/group name information or such information to be ignored
7045 when extracting. It effectively disables the generation and/or use
7046 of user/group name information. This option forces extraction using
7047 the numeric ids from the archive, ignoring the names.
7048
7049 This is useful in certain circumstances, when restoring a backup from
7050 an emergency floppy with different passwd/group files for example.
7051 It is otherwise impossible to extract files with the right ownerships
7052 if the password file in use during the extraction does not match the
7053 one belonging to the filesystem(s) being extracted. This occurs,
7054 for example, if you are restoring your files after a major crash and
7055 had booted from an emergency floppy with no password file or put your
7056 disk into another machine to do the restore.
7057
7058 The numeric ids are @emph{always} saved into @command{tar} archives.
7059 The identifying names are added at create time when provided by the
7060 system, unless @value{op-old-archive} is used. Numeric ids could be
7061 used when moving archives between a collection of machines using
7062 a centralized management for attribution of numeric ids to users
7063 and groups. This is often made through using the NIS capabilities.
7064
7065 When making a @command{tar} file for distribution to other sites, it
7066 is sometimes cleaner to use a single owner for all files in the
7067 distribution, and nicer to specify the write permission bits of the
7068 files as stored in the archive independently of their actual value on
7069 the file system. The way to prepare a clean distribution is usually
7070 to have some Makefile rule creating a directory, copying all needed
7071 files in that directory, then setting ownership and permissions as
7072 wanted (there are a lot of possible schemes), and only then making a
7073 @command{tar} archive out of this directory, before cleaning
7074 everything out. Of course, we could add a lot of options to
7075 @GNUTAR{} for fine tuning permissions and ownership.
7076 This is not the good way, I think. @GNUTAR{} is
7077 already crowded with options and moreover, the approach just explained
7078 gives you a great deal of control already.
7079
7080 @item -p
7081 @itemx --same-permissions
7082 @itemx --preserve-permissions
7083 Extract all protection information.
7084
7085 This option causes @command{tar} to set the modes (access permissions) of
7086 extracted files exactly as recorded in the archive. If this option
7087 is not used, the current @code{umask} setting limits the permissions
7088 on extracted files. This option is by default enabled when
7089 @command{tar} is executed by a superuser.
7090
7091
7092 This option is meaningless with @value{op-list}.
7093
7094 @item --preserve
7095 Same as both @value{op-same-permissions} and @value{op-same-order}.
7096
7097 The @value{op-preserve} option has no equivalent short option name.
7098 It is equivalent to @value{op-same-permissions} plus @value{op-same-order}.
7099
7100 @FIXME{I do not see the purpose of such an option. (Neither I. FP.)}
7101
7102 @end table
7103
7104 @node Standard
7105 @section Basic Tar Format
7106 @UNREVISED
7107
7108 While an archive may contain many files, the archive itself is a
7109 single ordinary file. Like any other file, an archive file can be
7110 written to a storage device such as a tape or disk, sent through a
7111 pipe or over a network, saved on the active file system, or even
7112 stored in another archive. An archive file is not easy to read or
7113 manipulate without using the @command{tar} utility or Tar mode in
7114 @acronym{GNU} Emacs.
7115
7116 Physically, an archive consists of a series of file entries terminated
7117 by an end-of-archive entry, which consists of two 512 blocks of zero
7118 bytes. A file
7119 entry usually describes one of the files in the archive (an
7120 @dfn{archive member}), and consists of a file header and the contents
7121 of the file. File headers contain file names and statistics, checksum
7122 information which @command{tar} uses to detect file corruption, and
7123 information about file types.
7124
7125 Archives are permitted to have more than one member with the same
7126 member name. One way this situation can occur is if more than one
7127 version of a file has been stored in the archive. For information
7128 about adding new versions of a file to an archive, see @ref{update}.
7129 @FIXME-xref{To learn more about having more than one archive member with the
7130 same name, see -backup node, when it's written.}
7131
7132 In addition to entries describing archive members, an archive may
7133 contain entries which @command{tar} itself uses to store information.
7134 @value{xref-label}, for an example of such an archive entry.
7135
7136 A @command{tar} archive file contains a series of blocks. Each block
7137 contains @code{BLOCKSIZE} bytes. Although this format may be thought
7138 of as being on magnetic tape, other media are often used.
7139
7140 Each file archived is represented by a header block which describes
7141 the file, followed by zero or more blocks which give the contents
7142 of the file. At the end of the archive file there are two 512-byte blocks
7143 filled with binary zeros as an end-of-file marker. A reasonable system
7144 should write such end-of-file marker at the end of an archive, but
7145 must not assume that such a block exists when reading an archive. In
7146 particular @GNUTAR{} always issues a warning if it does not encounter it.
7147
7148 The blocks may be @dfn{blocked} for physical I/O operations.
7149 Each record of @var{n} blocks (where @var{n} is set by the
7150 @value{op-blocking-factor} option to @command{tar}) is written with a single
7151 @w{@samp{write ()}} operation. On magnetic tapes, the result of
7152 such a write is a single record. When writing an archive,
7153 the last record of blocks should be written at the full size, with
7154 blocks after the zero block containing all zeros. When reading
7155 an archive, a reasonable system should properly handle an archive
7156 whose last record is shorter than the rest, or which contains garbage
7157 records after a zero block.
7158
7159 The header block is defined in C as follows. In the @GNUTAR{}
7160 distribution, this is part of file @file{src/tar.h}:
7161
7162 @smallexample
7163 @include header.texi
7164 @end smallexample
7165
7166 All characters in header blocks are represented by using 8-bit
7167 characters in the local variant of ASCII. Each field within the
7168 structure is contiguous; that is, there is no padding used within
7169 the structure. Each character on the archive medium is stored
7170 contiguously.
7171
7172 Bytes representing the contents of files (after the header block
7173 of each file) are not translated in any way and are not constrained
7174 to represent characters in any character set. The @command{tar} format
7175 does not distinguish text files from binary files, and no translation
7176 of file contents is performed.
7177
7178 The @code{name}, @code{linkname}, @code{magic}, @code{uname}, and
7179 @code{gname} are null-terminated character strings. All other fields
7180 are zero-filled octal numbers in ASCII. Each numeric field of width
7181 @var{w} contains @var{w} minus 1 digits, and a null.
7182
7183 The @code{name} field is the file name of the file, with directory names
7184 (if any) preceding the file name, separated by slashes.
7185
7186 @FIXME{how big a name before field overflows?}
7187
7188 The @code{mode} field provides nine bits specifying file permissions
7189 and three bits to specify the Set UID, Set GID, and Save Text
7190 (@dfn{sticky}) modes. Values for these bits are defined above.
7191 When special permissions are required to create a file with a given
7192 mode, and the user restoring files from the archive does not hold such
7193 permissions, the mode bit(s) specifying those special permissions
7194 are ignored. Modes which are not supported by the operating system
7195 restoring files from the archive will be ignored. Unsupported modes
7196 should be faked up when creating or updating an archive; e.g.@: the
7197 group permission could be copied from the @emph{other} permission.
7198
7199 The @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields are the numeric user and group
7200 ID of the file owners, respectively. If the operating system does
7201 not support numeric user or group IDs, these fields should be ignored.
7202
7203 The @code{size} field is the size of the file in bytes; linked files
7204 are archived with this field specified as zero. @FIXME-xref{Modifiers, in
7205 particular the @value{op-incremental} option.}
7206
7207 The @code{mtime} field is the modification time of the file at the time
7208 it was archived. It is the ASCII representation of the octal value of
7209 the last time the file was modified, represented as an integer number of
7210 seconds since January 1, 1970, 00:00 Coordinated Universal Time.
7211
7212 The @code{chksum} field is the ASCII representation of the octal value
7213 of the simple sum of all bytes in the header block. Each 8-bit
7214 byte in the header is added to an unsigned integer, initialized to
7215 zero, the precision of which shall be no less than seventeen bits.
7216 When calculating the checksum, the @code{chksum} field is treated as
7217 if it were all blanks.
7218
7219 The @code{typeflag} field specifies the type of file archived. If a
7220 particular implementation does not recognize or permit the specified
7221 type, the file will be extracted as if it were a regular file. As this
7222 action occurs, @command{tar} issues a warning to the standard error.
7223
7224 The @code{atime} and @code{ctime} fields are used in making incremental
7225 backups; they store, respectively, the particular file's access time
7226 and last inode-change time.
7227
7228 The @code{offset} is used by the @value{op-multi-volume} option, when
7229 making a multi-volume archive. The offset is number of bytes into
7230 the file that we need to restart at to continue the file on the next
7231 tape, i.e., where we store the location that a continued file is
7232 continued at.
7233
7234 The following fields were added to deal with sparse files. A file
7235 is @dfn{sparse} if it takes in unallocated blocks which end up being
7236 represented as zeros, i.e., no useful data. A test to see if a file
7237 is sparse is to look at the number blocks allocated for it versus the
7238 number of characters in the file; if there are fewer blocks allocated
7239 for the file than would normally be allocated for a file of that
7240 size, then the file is sparse. This is the method @command{tar} uses to
7241 detect a sparse file, and once such a file is detected, it is treated
7242 differently from non-sparse files.
7243
7244 Sparse files are often @code{dbm} files, or other database-type files
7245 which have data at some points and emptiness in the greater part of
7246 the file. Such files can appear to be very large when an @samp{ls
7247 -l} is done on them, when in truth, there may be a very small amount
7248 of important data contained in the file. It is thus undesirable
7249 to have @command{tar} think that it must back up this entire file, as
7250 great quantities of room are wasted on empty blocks, which can lead
7251 to running out of room on a tape far earlier than is necessary.
7252 Thus, sparse files are dealt with so that these empty blocks are
7253 not written to the tape. Instead, what is written to the tape is a
7254 description, of sorts, of the sparse file: where the holes are, how
7255 big the holes are, and how much data is found at the end of the hole.
7256 This way, the file takes up potentially far less room on the tape,
7257 and when the file is extracted later on, it will look exactly the way
7258 it looked beforehand. The following is a description of the fields
7259 used to handle a sparse file:
7260
7261 The @code{sp} is an array of @code{struct sparse}. Each @code{struct
7262 sparse} contains two 12-character strings which represent an offset
7263 into the file and a number of bytes to be written at that offset.
7264 The offset is absolute, and not relative to the offset in preceding
7265 array element.
7266
7267 The header can hold four of these @code{struct sparse} at the moment;
7268 if more are needed, they are not stored in the header.
7269
7270 The @code{isextended} flag is set when an @code{extended_header}
7271 is needed to deal with a file. Note that this means that this flag
7272 can only be set when dealing with a sparse file, and it is only set
7273 in the event that the description of the file will not fit in the
7274 allotted room for sparse structures in the header. In other words,
7275 an extended_header is needed.
7276
7277 The @code{extended_header} structure is used for sparse files which
7278 need more sparse structures than can fit in the header. The header can
7279 fit 4 such structures; if more are needed, the flag @code{isextended}
7280 gets set and the next block is an @code{extended_header}.
7281
7282 Each @code{extended_header} structure contains an array of 21
7283 sparse structures, along with a similar @code{isextended} flag
7284 that the header had. There can be an indeterminate number of such
7285 @code{extended_header}s to describe a sparse file.
7286
7287 @table @asis
7288
7289 @item @code{REGTYPE}
7290 @itemx @code{AREGTYPE}
7291 These flags represent a regular file. In order to be compatible
7292 with older versions of @command{tar}, a @code{typeflag} value of
7293 @code{AREGTYPE} should be silently recognized as a regular file.
7294 New archives should be created using @code{REGTYPE}. Also, for
7295 backward compatibility, @command{tar} treats a regular file whose name
7296 ends with a slash as a directory.
7297
7298 @item @code{LNKTYPE}
7299 This flag represents a file linked to another file, of any type,
7300 previously archived. Such files are identified in Unix by each
7301 file having the same device and inode number. The linked-to name is
7302 specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7303
7304 @item @code{SYMTYPE}
7305 This represents a symbolic link to another file. The linked-to name
7306 is specified in the @code{linkname} field with a trailing null.
7307
7308 @item @code{CHRTYPE}
7309 @itemx @code{BLKTYPE}
7310 These represent character special files and block special files
7311 respectively. In this case the @code{devmajor} and @code{devminor}
7312 fields will contain the major and minor device numbers respectively.
7313 Operating systems may map the device specifications to their own
7314 local specification, or may ignore the entry.
7315
7316 @item @code{DIRTYPE}
7317 This flag specifies a directory or sub-directory. The directory
7318 name in the @code{name} field should end with a slash. On systems where
7319 disk allocation is performed on a directory basis, the @code{size} field
7320 will contain the maximum number of bytes (which may be rounded to
7321 the nearest disk block allocation unit) which the directory may
7322 hold. A @code{size} field of zero indicates no such limiting. Systems
7323 which do not support limiting in this manner should ignore the
7324 @code{size} field.
7325
7326 @item @code{FIFOTYPE}
7327 This specifies a FIFO special file. Note that the archiving of a
7328 FIFO file archives the existence of this file and not its contents.
7329
7330 @item @code{CONTTYPE}
7331 This specifies a contiguous file, which is the same as a normal
7332 file except that, in operating systems which support it, all its
7333 space is allocated contiguously on the disk. Operating systems
7334 which do not allow contiguous allocation should silently treat this
7335 type as a normal file.
7336
7337 @item @code{A} @dots{} @code{Z}
7338 These are reserved for custom implementations. Some of these are
7339 used in the @acronym{GNU} modified format, as described below.
7340
7341 @end table
7342
7343 Other values are reserved for specification in future revisions of
7344 the P1003 standard, and should not be used by any @command{tar} program.
7345
7346 The @code{magic} field indicates that this archive was output in
7347 the P1003 archive format. If this field contains @code{TMAGIC},
7348 the @code{uname} and @code{gname} fields will contain the ASCII
7349 representation of the owner and group of the file respectively.
7350 If found, the user and group IDs are used rather than the values in
7351 the @code{uid} and @code{gid} fields.
7352
7353 For references, see ISO/IEC 9945-1:1990 or IEEE Std 1003.1-1990, pages
7354 169-173 (section 10.1) for @cite{Archive/Interchange File Format}; and
7355 IEEE Std 1003.2-1992, pages 380-388 (section 4.48) and pages 936-940
7356 (section E.4.48) for @cite{pax - Portable archive interchange}.
7357
7358 @node Extensions
7359 @section @acronym{GNU} Extensions to the Archive Format
7360 @UNREVISED
7361
7362 The @acronym{GNU} format uses additional file types to describe new types of
7363 files in an archive. These are listed below.
7364
7365 @table @code
7366 @item GNUTYPE_DUMPDIR
7367 @itemx 'D'
7368 This represents a directory and a list of files created by the
7369 @value{op-incremental} option. The @code{size} field gives the total
7370 size of the associated list of files. Each file name is preceded by
7371 either a @samp{Y} (the file should be in this archive) or an @samp{N}.
7372 (The file is a directory, or is not stored in the archive.) Each file
7373 name is terminated by a null. There is an additional null after the
7374 last file name.
7375
7376 @item GNUTYPE_MULTIVOL
7377 @itemx 'M'
7378 This represents a file continued from another volume of a multi-volume
7379 archive created with the @value{op-multi-volume} option. The original
7380 type of the file is not given here. The @code{size} field gives the
7381 maximum size of this piece of the file (assuming the volume does
7382 not end before the file is written out). The @code{offset} field
7383 gives the offset from the beginning of the file where this part of
7384 the file begins. Thus @code{size} plus @code{offset} should equal
7385 the original size of the file.
7386
7387 @item GNUTYPE_SPARSE
7388 @itemx 'S'
7389 This flag indicates that we are dealing with a sparse file. Note
7390 that archiving a sparse file requires special operations to find
7391 holes in the file, which mark the positions of these holes, along
7392 with the number of bytes of data to be found after the hole.
7393
7394 @item GNUTYPE_VOLHDR
7395 @itemx 'V'
7396 This file type is used to mark the volume header that was given with
7397 the @value{op-label} option when the archive was created. The @code{name}
7398 field contains the @code{name} given after the @value{op-label} option.
7399 The @code{size} field is zero. Only the first file in each volume
7400 of an archive should have this type.
7401
7402 @end table
7403
7404 You may have trouble reading a @acronym{GNU} format archive on a
7405 non-@acronym{GNU} system if the options @value{op-incremental},
7406 @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-sparse}, or @value{op-label} were
7407 used when writing the archive. In general, if @command{tar} does not
7408 use the @acronym{GNU}-added fields of the header, other versions of
7409 @command{tar} should be able to read the archive. Otherwise, the
7410 @command{tar} program will give an error, the most likely one being a
7411 checksum error.
7412
7413 @node cpio
7414 @section Comparison of @command{tar} and @command{cpio}
7415 @UNREVISED
7416
7417 @FIXME{Reorganize the following material}
7418
7419 The @command{cpio} archive formats, like @command{tar}, do have maximum
7420 pathname lengths. The binary and old ASCII formats have a max path
7421 length of 256, and the new ASCII and CRC ASCII formats have a max
7422 path length of 1024. @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can read and write archives
7423 with arbitrary pathname lengths, but other @command{cpio} implementations
7424 may crash unexplainedly trying to read them.
7425
7426 @command{tar} handles symbolic links in the form in which it comes in BSD;
7427 @command{cpio} doesn't handle symbolic links in the form in which it comes
7428 in System V prior to SVR4, and some vendors may have added symlinks
7429 to their system without enhancing @command{cpio} to know about them.
7430 Others may have enhanced it in a way other than the way I did it
7431 at Sun, and which was adopted by AT&T (and which is, I think, also
7432 present in the @command{cpio} that Berkeley picked up from AT&T and put
7433 into a later BSD release---I think I gave them my changes).
7434
7435 (SVR4 does some funny stuff with @command{tar}; basically, its @command{cpio}
7436 can handle @command{tar} format input, and write it on output, and it
7437 probably handles symbolic links. They may not have bothered doing
7438 anything to enhance @command{tar} as a result.)
7439
7440 @command{cpio} handles special files; traditional @command{tar} doesn't.
7441
7442 @command{tar} comes with V7, System III, System V, and BSD source;
7443 @command{cpio} comes only with System III, System V, and later BSD
7444 (4.3-tahoe and later).
7445
7446 @command{tar}'s way of handling multiple hard links to a file can handle
7447 file systems that support 32-bit inumbers (e.g., the BSD file system);
7448 @command{cpio}s way requires you to play some games (in its "binary"
7449 format, i-numbers are only 16 bits, and in its "portable ASCII" format,
7450 they're 18 bits---it would have to play games with the "file system ID"
7451 field of the header to make sure that the file system ID/i-number pairs
7452 of different files were always different), and I don't know which
7453 @command{cpio}s, if any, play those games. Those that don't might get
7454 confused and think two files are the same file when they're not, and
7455 make hard links between them.
7456
7457 @command{tar}s way of handling multiple hard links to a file places only
7458 one copy of the link on the tape, but the name attached to that copy
7459 is the @emph{only} one you can use to retrieve the file; @command{cpio}s
7460 way puts one copy for every link, but you can retrieve it using any
7461 of the names.
7462
7463 @quotation
7464 What type of check sum (if any) is used, and how is this calculated.
7465 @end quotation
7466
7467 See the attached manual pages for @command{tar} and @command{cpio} format.
7468 @command{tar} uses a checksum which is the sum of all the bytes in the
7469 @command{tar} header for a file; @command{cpio} uses no checksum.
7470
7471 @quotation
7472 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7473 at the unix scene,
7474 @end quotation
7475
7476 It wasn't. @command{cpio} first showed up in PWB/UNIX 1.0; no
7477 generally-available version of UNIX had @command{tar} at the time. I don't
7478 know whether any version that was generally available @emph{within AT&T}
7479 had @command{tar}, or, if so, whether the people within AT&T who did
7480 @command{cpio} knew about it.
7481
7482 On restore, if there is a corruption on a tape @command{tar} will stop at
7483 that point, while @command{cpio} will skip over it and try to restore the
7484 rest of the files.
7485
7486 The main difference is just in the command syntax and header format.
7487
7488 @command{tar} is a little more tape-oriented in that everything is blocked
7489 to start on a record boundary.
7490
7491 @quotation
7492 Is there any differences between the ability to recover crashed
7493 archives between the two of them. (Is there any chance of recovering
7494 crashed archives at all.)
7495 @end quotation
7496
7497 Theoretically it should be easier under @command{tar} since the blocking
7498 lets you find a header with some variation of @samp{dd skip=@var{nn}}.
7499 However, modern @command{cpio}'s and variations have an option to just
7500 search for the next file header after an error with a reasonable chance
7501 of resyncing. However, lots of tape driver software won't allow you to
7502 continue past a media error which should be the only reason for getting
7503 out of sync unless a file changed sizes while you were writing the
7504 archive.
7505
7506 @quotation
7507 If anyone knows why @command{cpio} was made when @command{tar} was present
7508 at the unix scene, please tell me about this too.
7509 @end quotation
7510
7511 Probably because it is more media efficient (by not blocking everything
7512 and using only the space needed for the headers where @command{tar}
7513 always uses 512 bytes per file header) and it knows how to archive
7514 special files.
7515
7516 You might want to look at the freely available alternatives. The
7517 major ones are @command{afio}, @GNUTAR{}, and
7518 @command{pax}, each of which have their own extensions with some
7519 backwards compatibility.
7520
7521 Sparse files were @command{tar}red as sparse files (which you can
7522 easily test, because the resulting archive gets smaller, and
7523 @acronym{GNU} @command{cpio} can no longer read it).
7524
7525 @node Media
7526 @chapter Tapes and Other Archive Media
7527 @UNREVISED
7528
7529 A few special cases about tape handling warrant more detailed
7530 description. These special cases are discussed below.
7531
7532 Many complexities surround the use of @command{tar} on tape drives. Since
7533 the creation and manipulation of archives located on magnetic tape was
7534 the original purpose of @command{tar}, it contains many features making
7535 such manipulation easier.
7536
7537 Archives are usually written on dismountable media---tape cartridges,
7538 mag tapes, or floppy disks.
7539
7540 The amount of data a tape or disk holds depends not only on its size,
7541 but also on how it is formatted. A 2400 foot long reel of mag tape
7542 holds 40 megabytes of data when formatted at 1600 bits per inch. The
7543 physically smaller EXABYTE tape cartridge holds 2.3 gigabytes.
7544
7545 Magnetic media are re-usable---once the archive on a tape is no longer
7546 needed, the archive can be erased and the tape or disk used over.
7547 Media quality does deteriorate with use, however. Most tapes or disks
7548 should be discarded when they begin to produce data errors. EXABYTE
7549 tape cartridges should be discarded when they generate an @dfn{error
7550 count} (number of non-usable bits) of more than 10k.
7551
7552 Magnetic media are written and erased using magnetic fields, and
7553 should be protected from such fields to avoid damage to stored data.
7554 Sticking a floppy disk to a filing cabinet using a magnet is probably
7555 not a good idea.
7556
7557 @menu
7558 * Device:: Device selection and switching
7559 * Remote Tape Server::
7560 * Common Problems and Solutions::
7561 * Blocking:: Blocking
7562 * Many:: Many archives on one tape
7563 * Using Multiple Tapes:: Using Multiple Tapes
7564 * label:: Including a Label in the Archive
7565 * verify::
7566 * Write Protection::
7567 @end menu
7568
7569 @node Device
7570 @section Device Selection and Switching
7571 @UNREVISED
7572
7573 @table @kbd
7574 @item -f [@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7575 @itemx --file=[@var{hostname}:]@var{file}
7576 Use archive file or device @var{file} on @var{hostname}.
7577 @end table
7578
7579 This option is used to specify the file name of the archive @command{tar}
7580 works on.
7581
7582 If the file name is @samp{-}, @command{tar} reads the archive from standard
7583 input (when listing or extracting), or writes it to standard output
7584 (when creating). If the @samp{-} file name is given when updating an
7585 archive, @command{tar} will read the original archive from its standard
7586 input, and will write the entire new archive to its standard output.
7587
7588 If the file name contains a @samp{:}, it is interpreted as
7589 @samp{hostname:file name}. If the @var{hostname} contains an @dfn{at}
7590 sign (@kbd{@@}), it is treated as @samp{user@@hostname:file name}. In
7591 either case, @command{tar} will invoke the command @command{rsh} (or
7592 @command{remsh}) to start up an @command{/usr/libexec/rmt} on the remote
7593 machine. If you give an alternate login name, it will be given to the
7594 @command{rsh}.
7595 Naturally, the remote machine must have an executable
7596 @command{/usr/libexec/rmt}. This program is free software from the
7597 University of California, and a copy of the source code can be found
7598 with the sources for @command{tar}; it's compiled and installed by default.
7599 The exact path to this utility is determined when configuring the package.
7600 It is @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt}, where @var{prefix} stands for
7601 your installation prefix. This location may also be overridden at
7602 runtime by using @value{op-rmt-command} option (@xref{Option Summary,
7603 ---rmt-command}, for detailed description of this option. @xref{Remote
7604 Tape Server}, for the description of @command{rmt} command).
7605
7606 If this option is not given, but the environment variable @env{TAPE}
7607 is set, its value is used; otherwise, old versions of @command{tar}
7608 used a default archive name (which was picked when @command{tar} was
7609 compiled). The default is normally set up to be the @dfn{first} tape
7610 drive or other transportable I/O medium on the system.
7611
7612 Starting with version 1.11.5, @GNUTAR{} uses
7613 standard input and standard output as the default device, and I will
7614 not try anymore supporting automatic device detection at installation
7615 time. This was failing really in too many cases, it was hopeless.
7616 This is now completely left to the installer to override standard
7617 input and standard output for default device, if this seems
7618 preferable. Further, I think @emph{most} actual usages of
7619 @command{tar} are done with pipes or disks, not really tapes,
7620 cartridges or diskettes.
7621
7622 Some users think that using standard input and output is running
7623 after trouble. This could lead to a nasty surprise on your screen if
7624 you forget to specify an output file name---especially if you are going
7625 through a network or terminal server capable of buffering large amounts
7626 of output. We had so many bug reports in that area of configuring
7627 default tapes automatically, and so many contradicting requests, that
7628 we finally consider the problem to be portably intractable. We could
7629 of course use something like @samp{/dev/tape} as a default, but this
7630 is @emph{also} running after various kind of trouble, going from hung
7631 processes to accidental destruction of real tapes. After having seen
7632 all this mess, using standard input and output as a default really
7633 sounds like the only clean choice left, and a very useful one too.
7634
7635 @GNUTAR{} reads and writes archive in records, I
7636 suspect this is the main reason why block devices are preferred over
7637 character devices. Most probably, block devices are more efficient
7638 too. The installer could also check for @samp{DEFTAPE} in
7639 @file{<sys/mtio.h>}.
7640
7641 @table @kbd
7642 @item --force-local
7643 Archive file is local even if it contains a colon.
7644
7645 @item --rsh-command=@var{command}
7646 Use remote @var{command} instead of @command{rsh}. This option exists
7647 so that people who use something other than the standard @command{rsh}
7648 (e.g., a Kerberized @command{rsh}) can access a remote device.
7649
7650 When this command is not used, the shell command found when
7651 the @command{tar} program was installed is used instead. This is
7652 the first found of @file{/usr/ucb/rsh}, @file{/usr/bin/remsh},
7653 @file{/usr/bin/rsh}, @file{/usr/bsd/rsh} or @file{/usr/bin/nsh}.
7654 The installer may have overridden this by defining the environment
7655 variable @env{RSH} @emph{at installation time}.
7656
7657 @item -[0-7][lmh]
7658 Specify drive and density.
7659
7660 @item -M
7661 @itemx --multi-volume
7662 Create/list/extract multi-volume archive.
7663
7664 This option causes @command{tar} to write a @dfn{multi-volume} archive---one
7665 that may be larger than will fit on the medium used to hold it.
7666 @xref{Multi-Volume Archives}.
7667
7668 @item -L @var{num}
7669 @itemx --tape-length=@var{num}
7670 Change tape after writing @var{num} x 1024 bytes.
7671
7672 This option might be useful when your tape drivers do not properly
7673 detect end of physical tapes. By being slightly conservative on the
7674 maximum tape length, you might avoid the problem entirely.
7675
7676 @item -F @var{file}
7677 @itemx --info-script=@var{file}
7678 @itemx --new-volume-script=@var{file}
7679 Execute @file{file} at end of each tape. If @file{file} exits with
7680 nonzero status, exit. This implies @value{op-multi-volume}.
7681 @end table
7682
7683 @node Remote Tape Server
7684 @section The Remote Tape Server
7685
7686 @cindex remote tape drive
7687 @pindex rmt
7688 In order to access the tape drive on a remote machine, @command{tar}
7689 uses the remote tape server written at the University of California at
7690 Berkeley. The remote tape server must be installed as
7691 @file{@var{prefix}/libexec/rmt} on any machine whose tape drive you
7692 want to use. @command{tar} calls @command{rmt} by running an
7693 @command{rsh} or @command{remsh} to the remote machine, optionally
7694 using a different login name if one is supplied.
7695
7696 A copy of the source for the remote tape server is provided. It is
7697 Copyright @copyright{} 1983 by the Regents of the University of
7698 California, but can be freely distributed. It is compiled and
7699 installed by default.
7700
7701 @cindex absolute file names
7702 Unless you use the @value{op-absolute-names} option, @GNUTAR{}
7703 will not allow you to create an archive that contains
7704 absolute file names (a file name beginning with @samp{/}.) If you try,
7705 @command{tar} will automatically remove the leading @samp{/} from the
7706 file names it stores in the archive. It will also type a warning
7707 message telling you what it is doing.
7708
7709 When reading an archive that was created with a different
7710 @command{tar} program, @GNUTAR{} automatically
7711 extracts entries in the archive which have absolute file names as if
7712 the file names were not absolute. This is an important feature. A
7713 visitor here once gave a @command{tar} tape to an operator to restore;
7714 the operator used Sun @command{tar} instead of @GNUTAR{},
7715 and the result was that it replaced large portions of
7716 our @file{/bin} and friends with versions from the tape; needless to
7717 say, we were unhappy about having to recover the file system from
7718 backup tapes.
7719
7720 For example, if the archive contained a file @file{/usr/bin/computoy},
7721 @GNUTAR{} would extract the file to @file{usr/bin/computoy},
7722 relative to the current directory. If you want to extract the files in
7723 an archive to the same absolute names that they had when the archive
7724 was created, you should do a @samp{cd /} before extracting the files
7725 from the archive, or you should either use the @value{op-absolute-names}
7726 option, or use the command @samp{tar -C / @dots{}}.
7727
7728 @cindex Ultrix 3.1 and write failure
7729 Some versions of Unix (Ultrix 3.1 is known to have this problem),
7730 can claim that a short write near the end of a tape succeeded,
7731 when it actually failed. This will result in the -M option not
7732 working correctly. The best workaround at the moment is to use a
7733 significantly larger blocking factor than the default 20.
7734
7735 In order to update an archive, @command{tar} must be able to backspace the
7736 archive in order to reread or rewrite a record that was just read (or
7737 written). This is currently possible only on two kinds of files: normal
7738 disk files (or any other file that can be backspaced with @samp{lseek}),
7739 and industry-standard 9-track magnetic tape (or any other kind of tape
7740 that can be backspaced with the @code{MTIOCTOP} @code{ioctl}.
7741
7742 This means that the @value{op-append}, @value{op-update},
7743 @value{op-concatenate}, and @value{op-delete} commands will not work on any
7744 other kind of file. Some media simply cannot be backspaced, which
7745 means these commands and options will never be able to work on them.
7746 These non-backspacing media include pipes and cartridge tape drives.
7747
7748 Some other media can be backspaced, and @command{tar} will work on them
7749 once @command{tar} is modified to do so.
7750
7751 Archives created with the @value{op-multi-volume}, @value{op-label}, and
7752 @value{op-incremental} options may not be readable by other version
7753 of @command{tar}. In particular, restoring a file that was split over
7754 a volume boundary will require some careful work with @command{dd}, if
7755 it can be done at all. Other versions of @command{tar} may also create
7756 an empty file whose name is that of the volume header. Some versions
7757 of @command{tar} may create normal files instead of directories archived
7758 with the @value{op-incremental} option.
7759
7760 @node Common Problems and Solutions
7761 @section Some Common Problems and their Solutions
7762
7763 @ifclear PUBLISH
7764
7765 @format
7766 errors from system:
7767 permission denied
7768 no such file or directory
7769 not owner
7770
7771 errors from @command{tar}:
7772 directory checksum error
7773 header format error
7774
7775 errors from media/system:
7776 i/o error
7777 device busy
7778 @end format
7779
7780 @end ifclear
7781
7782 @node Blocking
7783 @section Blocking
7784 @UNREVISED
7785
7786 @dfn{Block} and @dfn{record} terminology is rather confused, and it
7787 is also confusing to the expert reader. On the other hand, readers
7788 who are new to the field have a fresh mind, and they may safely skip
7789 the next two paragraphs, as the remainder of this manual uses those
7790 two terms in a quite consistent way.
7791
7792 John Gilmore, the writer of the public domain @command{tar} from which
7793 @GNUTAR{} was originally derived, wrote (June 1995):
7794
7795 @quotation
7796 The nomenclature of tape drives comes from IBM, where I believe
7797 they were invented for the IBM 650 or so. On IBM mainframes, what
7798 is recorded on tape are tape blocks. The logical organization of
7799 data is into records. There are various ways of putting records into
7800 blocks, including @code{F} (fixed sized records), @code{V} (variable
7801 sized records), @code{FB} (fixed blocked: fixed size records, @var{n}
7802 to a block), @code{VB} (variable size records, @var{n} to a block),
7803 @code{VSB} (variable spanned blocked: variable sized records that can
7804 occupy more than one block), etc. The @code{JCL} @samp{DD RECFORM=}
7805 parameter specified this to the operating system.
7806
7807 The Unix man page on @command{tar} was totally confused about this.
7808 When I wrote @code{PD TAR}, I used the historically correct terminology
7809 (@command{tar} writes data records, which are grouped into blocks).
7810 It appears that the bogus terminology made it into @acronym{POSIX} (no surprise
7811 here), and now Fran@,{c}ois has migrated that terminology back
7812 into the source code too.
7813 @end quotation
7814
7815 The term @dfn{physical block} means the basic transfer chunk from or
7816 to a device, after which reading or writing may stop without anything
7817 being lost. In this manual, the term @dfn{block} usually refers to
7818 a disk physical block, @emph{assuming} that each disk block is 512
7819 bytes in length. It is true that some disk devices have different
7820 physical blocks, but @command{tar} ignore these differences in its own
7821 format, which is meant to be portable, so a @command{tar} block is always
7822 512 bytes in length, and @dfn{block} always mean a @command{tar} block.
7823 The term @dfn{logical block} often represents the basic chunk of
7824 allocation of many disk blocks as a single entity, which the operating
7825 system treats somewhat atomically; this concept is only barely used
7826 in @GNUTAR{}.
7827
7828 The term @dfn{physical record} is another way to speak of a physical
7829 block, those two terms are somewhat interchangeable. In this manual,
7830 the term @dfn{record} usually refers to a tape physical block,
7831 @emph{assuming} that the @command{tar} archive is kept on magnetic tape.
7832 It is true that archives may be put on disk or used with pipes,
7833 but nevertheless, @command{tar} tries to read and write the archive one
7834 @dfn{record} at a time, whatever the medium in use. One record is made
7835 up of an integral number of blocks, and this operation of putting many
7836 disk blocks into a single tape block is called @dfn{reblocking}, or
7837 more simply, @dfn{blocking}. The term @dfn{logical record} refers to
7838 the logical organization of many characters into something meaningful
7839 to the application. The term @dfn{unit record} describes a small set
7840 of characters which are transmitted whole to or by the application,
7841 and often refers to a line of text. Those two last terms are unrelated
7842 to what we call a @dfn{record} in @GNUTAR{}.
7843
7844 When writing to tapes, @command{tar} writes the contents of the archive
7845 in chunks known as @dfn{records}. To change the default blocking
7846 factor, use the @value{op-blocking-factor} option. Each record will
7847 then be composed of @var{512-size} blocks. (Each @command{tar} block is
7848 512 bytes. @xref{Standard}.) Each file written to the archive uses
7849 at least one full record. As a result, using a larger record size
7850 can result in more wasted space for small files. On the other hand, a
7851 larger record size can often be read and written much more efficiently.
7852
7853 Further complicating the problem is that some tape drives ignore the
7854 blocking entirely. For these, a larger record size can still improve
7855 performance (because the software layers above the tape drive still
7856 honor the blocking), but not as dramatically as on tape drives that
7857 honor blocking.
7858
7859 When reading an archive, @command{tar} can usually figure out the
7860 record size on itself. When this is the case, and a non-standard
7861 record size was used when the archive was created, @command{tar} will
7862 print a message about a non-standard blocking factor, and then operate
7863 normally. On some tape devices, however, @command{tar} cannot figure
7864 out the record size itself. On most of those, you can specify a
7865 blocking factor (with @value{op-blocking-factor}) larger than the
7866 actual blocking factor, and then use the @value{op-read-full-records}
7867 option. (If you specify a blocking factor with
7868 @value{op-blocking-factor} and don't use the
7869 @value{op-read-full-records} option, then @command{tar} will not
7870 attempt to figure out the recording size itself.) On some devices,
7871 you must always specify the record size exactly with
7872 @value{op-blocking-factor} when reading, because @command{tar} cannot
7873 figure it out. In any case, use @value{op-list} before doing any
7874 extractions to see whether @command{tar} is reading the archive
7875 correctly.
7876
7877 @command{tar} blocks are all fixed size (512 bytes), and its scheme for
7878 putting them into records is to put a whole number of them (one or
7879 more) into each record. @command{tar} records are all the same size;
7880 at the end of the file there's a block containing all zeros, which
7881 is how you tell that the remainder of the last record(s) are garbage.
7882
7883 In a standard @command{tar} file (no options), the block size is 512
7884 and the record size is 10240, for a blocking factor of 20. What the
7885 @value{op-blocking-factor} option does is sets the blocking factor,
7886 changing the record size while leaving the block size at 512 bytes.
7887 20 was fine for ancient 800 or 1600 bpi reel-to-reel tape drives;
7888 most tape drives these days prefer much bigger records in order to
7889 stream and not waste tape. When writing tapes for myself, some tend
7890 to use a factor of the order of 2048, say, giving a record size of
7891 around one megabyte.
7892
7893 If you use a blocking factor larger than 20, older @command{tar}
7894 programs might not be able to read the archive, so we recommend this
7895 as a limit to use in practice. @GNUTAR{}, however,
7896 will support arbitrarily large record sizes, limited only by the
7897 amount of virtual memory or the physical characteristics of the tape
7898 device.
7899
7900 @menu
7901 * Format Variations:: Format Variations
7902 * Blocking Factor:: The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7903 @end menu
7904
7905 @node Format Variations
7906 @subsection Format Variations
7907 @cindex Format Parameters
7908 @cindex Format Options
7909 @cindex Options, archive format specifying
7910 @cindex Options, format specifying
7911 @UNREVISED
7912
7913 Format parameters specify how an archive is written on the archive
7914 media. The best choice of format parameters will vary depending on
7915 the type and number of files being archived, and on the media used to
7916 store the archive.
7917
7918 To specify format parameters when accessing or creating an archive,
7919 you can use the options described in the following sections.
7920 If you do not specify any format parameters, @command{tar} uses
7921 default parameters. You cannot modify a compressed archive.
7922 If you create an archive with the @value{op-blocking-factor} option
7923 specified (@value{pxref-blocking-factor}), you must specify that
7924 blocking-factor when operating on the archive. @xref{Formats}, for other
7925 examples of format parameter considerations.
7926
7927 @node Blocking Factor
7928 @subsection The Blocking Factor of an Archive
7929 @cindex Blocking Factor
7930 @cindex Record Size
7931 @cindex Number of blocks per record
7932 @cindex Number of bytes per record
7933 @cindex Bytes per record
7934 @cindex Blocks per record
7935 @UNREVISED
7936
7937 The data in an archive is grouped into blocks, which are 512 bytes.
7938 Blocks are read and written in whole number multiples called
7939 @dfn{records}. The number of blocks in a record (ie. the size of a
7940 record in units of 512 bytes) is called the @dfn{blocking factor}.
7941 The @value{op-blocking-factor} option specifies the blocking factor of
7942 an archive. The default blocking factor is typically 20 (ie.@:
7943 10240 bytes), but can be specified at installation. To find out
7944 the blocking factor of an existing archive, use @samp{tar --list
7945 --file=@var{archive-name}}. This may not work on some devices.
7946
7947 Records are separated by gaps, which waste space on the archive media.
7948 If you are archiving on magnetic tape, using a larger blocking factor
7949 (and therefore larger records) provides faster throughput and allows you
7950 to fit more data on a tape (because there are fewer gaps). If you are
7951 archiving on cartridge, a very large blocking factor (say 126 or more)
7952 greatly increases performance. A smaller blocking factor, on the other
7953 hand, may be useful when archiving small files, to avoid archiving lots
7954 of nulls as @command{tar} fills out the archive to the end of the record.
7955 In general, the ideal record size depends on the size of the
7956 inter-record gaps on the tape you are using, and the average size of the
7957 files you are archiving. @xref{create}, for information on
7958 writing archives.
7959
7960 @FIXME{Need example of using a cartridge with blocking factor=126 or more.}
7961
7962 Archives with blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read
7963 by very old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions
7964 of @command{tar} running on old machines with small address spaces.
7965 With @GNUTAR{}, the blocking factor of an archive is limited
7966 only by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive,
7967 or by the amount of available virtual memory.
7968
7969 Also, on some systems, not using adequate blocking factors, as sometimes
7970 imposed by the device drivers, may yield unexpected diagnostics. For
7971 example, this has been reported:
7972
7973 @smallexample
7974 Cannot write to /dev/dlt: Invalid argument
7975 @end smallexample
7976
7977 @noindent
7978 In such cases, it sometimes happen that the @command{tar} bundled by
7979 the system is aware of block size idiosyncrasies, while @GNUTAR{}
7980 requires an explicit specification for the block size,
7981 which it cannot guess. This yields some people to consider
7982 @GNUTAR{} is misbehaving, because by comparison,
7983 @cite{the bundle @command{tar} works OK}. Adding @w{@kbd{-b 256}},
7984 for example, might resolve the problem.
7985
7986 If you use a non-default blocking factor when you create an archive, you
7987 must specify the same blocking factor when you modify that archive. Some
7988 archive devices will also require you to specify the blocking factor when
7989 reading that archive, however this is not typically the case. Usually, you
7990 can use @value{op-list} without specifying a blocking factor---@command{tar}
7991 reports a non-default record size and then lists the archive members as
7992 it would normally. To extract files from an archive with a non-standard
7993 blocking factor (particularly if you're not sure what the blocking factor
7994 is), you can usually use the @value{op-read-full-records} option while
7995 specifying a blocking factor larger then the blocking factor of the archive
7996 (ie. @samp{tar --extract --read-full-records --blocking-factor=300}.
7997 @xref{list}, for more information on the @value{op-list}
7998 operation. @xref{Reading}, for a more detailed explanation of that option.
7999
8000 @table @kbd
8001 @item --blocking-factor=@var{number}
8002 @itemx -b @var{number}
8003 Specifies the blocking factor of an archive. Can be used with any
8004 operation, but is usually not necessary with @value{op-list}.
8005 @end table
8006
8007 Device blocking
8008
8009 @table @kbd
8010 @item -b @var{blocks}
8011 @itemx --blocking-factor=@var{blocks}
8012 Set record size to @math{@var{blocks} * 512} bytes.
8013
8014 This option is used to specify a @dfn{blocking factor} for the archive.
8015 When reading or writing the archive, @command{tar}, will do reads and writes
8016 of the archive in records of @math{@var{block}*512} bytes. This is true
8017 even when the archive is compressed. Some devices requires that all
8018 write operations be a multiple of a certain size, and so, @command{tar}
8019 pads the archive out to the next record boundary.
8020
8021 The default blocking factor is set when @command{tar} is compiled, and is
8022 typically 20. Blocking factors larger than 20 cannot be read by very
8023 old versions of @command{tar}, or by some newer versions of @command{tar}
8024 running on old machines with small address spaces.
8025
8026 With a magnetic tape, larger records give faster throughput and fit
8027 more data on a tape (because there are fewer inter-record gaps).
8028 If the archive is in a disk file or a pipe, you may want to specify
8029 a smaller blocking factor, since a large one will result in a large
8030 number of null bytes at the end of the archive.
8031
8032 When writing cartridge or other streaming tapes, a much larger
8033 blocking factor (say 126 or more) will greatly increase performance.
8034 However, you must specify the same blocking factor when reading or
8035 updating the archive.
8036
8037 Apparently, Exabyte drives have a physical block size of 8K bytes.
8038 If we choose our blocksize as a multiple of 8k bytes, then the problem
8039 seems to disappear. Id est, we are using block size of 112 right
8040 now, and we haven't had the problem since we switched@dots{}
8041
8042 With @GNUTAR{} the blocking factor is limited only
8043 by the maximum record size of the device containing the archive, or by
8044 the amount of available virtual memory.
8045
8046 However, deblocking or reblocking is virtually avoided in a special
8047 case which often occurs in practice, but which requires all the
8048 following conditions to be simultaneously true:
8049 @itemize @bullet
8050 @item
8051 the archive is subject to a compression option,
8052 @item
8053 the archive is not handled through standard input or output, nor
8054 redirected nor piped,
8055 @item
8056 the archive is directly handled to a local disk, instead of any special
8057 device,
8058 @item
8059 @value{op-blocking-factor} is not explicitly specified on the @command{tar}
8060 invocation.
8061 @end itemize
8062
8063 If the output goes directly to a local disk, and not through
8064 stdout, then the last write is not extended to a full record size.
8065 Otherwise, reblocking occurs. Here are a few other remarks on this
8066 topic:
8067
8068 @itemize @bullet
8069
8070 @item
8071 @command{gzip} will complain about trailing garbage if asked to
8072 uncompress a compressed archive on tape, there is an option to turn
8073 the message off, but it breaks the regularity of simply having to use
8074 @samp{@var{prog} -d} for decompression. It would be nice if gzip was
8075 silently ignoring any number of trailing zeros. I'll ask Jean-loup
8076 Gailly, by sending a copy of this message to him.
8077
8078 @item
8079 @command{compress} does not show this problem, but as Jean-loup pointed
8080 out to Michael, @samp{compress -d} silently adds garbage after
8081 the result of decompression, which tar ignores because it already
8082 recognized its end-of-file indicator. So this bug may be safely
8083 ignored.
8084
8085 @item
8086 @samp{gzip -d -q} will be silent about the trailing zeros indeed,
8087 but will still return an exit status of 2 which tar reports in turn.
8088 @command{tar} might ignore the exit status returned, but I hate doing
8089 that, as it weakens the protection @command{tar} offers users against
8090 other possible problems at decompression time. If @command{gzip} was
8091 silently skipping trailing zeros @emph{and} also avoiding setting the
8092 exit status in this innocuous case, that would solve this situation.
8093
8094 @item
8095 @command{tar} should become more solid at not stopping to read a pipe at
8096 the first null block encountered. This inelegantly breaks the pipe.
8097 @command{tar} should rather drain the pipe out before exiting itself.
8098 @end itemize
8099
8100 @item -i
8101 @itemx --ignore-zeros
8102 Ignore blocks of zeros in archive (means EOF).
8103
8104 The @value{op-ignore-zeros} option causes @command{tar} to ignore blocks
8105 of zeros in the archive. Normally a block of zeros indicates the
8106 end of the archive, but when reading a damaged archive, or one which
8107 was created by concatenating several archives together, this option
8108 allows @command{tar} to read the entire archive. This option is not on
8109 by default because many versions of @command{tar} write garbage after
8110 the zeroed blocks.
8111
8112 Note that this option causes @command{tar} to read to the end of the
8113 archive file, which may sometimes avoid problems when multiple files
8114 are stored on a single physical tape.
8115
8116 @item -B
8117 @itemx --read-full-records
8118 Reblock as we read (for reading 4.2BSD pipes).
8119
8120 If @value{op-read-full-records} is used, @command{tar} will not panic if an
8121 attempt to read a record from the archive does not return a full record.
8122 Instead, @command{tar} will keep reading until it has obtained a full
8123 record.
8124
8125 This option is turned on by default when @command{tar} is reading
8126 an archive from standard input, or from a remote machine. This is
8127 because on BSD Unix systems, a read of a pipe will return however
8128 much happens to be in the pipe, even if it is less than @command{tar}
8129 requested. If this option was not used, @command{tar} would fail as
8130 soon as it read an incomplete record from the pipe.
8131
8132 This option is also useful with the commands for updating an archive.
8133
8134 @end table
8135
8136 Tape blocking
8137
8138 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8139
8140 @cindex blocking factor
8141 @cindex tape blocking
8142
8143 When handling various tapes or cartridges, you have to take care of
8144 selecting a proper blocking, that is, the number of disk blocks you
8145 put together as a single tape block on the tape, without intervening
8146 tape gaps. A @dfn{tape gap} is a small landing area on the tape
8147 with no information on it, used for decelerating the tape to a
8148 full stop, and for later regaining the reading or writing speed.
8149 When the tape driver starts reading a record, the record has to
8150 be read whole without stopping, as a tape gap is needed to stop the
8151 tape motion without loosing information.
8152
8153 @cindex Exabyte blocking
8154 @cindex DAT blocking
8155 Using higher blocking (putting more disk blocks per tape block) will use
8156 the tape more efficiently as there will be less tape gaps. But reading
8157 such tapes may be more difficult for the system, as more memory will be
8158 required to receive at once the whole record. Further, if there is a
8159 reading error on a huge record, this is less likely that the system will
8160 succeed in recovering the information. So, blocking should not be too
8161 low, nor it should be too high. @command{tar} uses by default a blocking of
8162 20 for historical reasons, and it does not really matter when reading or
8163 writing to disk. Current tape technology would easily accommodate higher
8164 blockings. Sun recommends a blocking of 126 for Exabytes and 96 for DATs.
8165 We were told that for some DLT drives, the blocking should be a multiple
8166 of 4Kb, preferably 64Kb (@w{@kbd{-b 128}}) or 256 for decent performance.
8167 Other manufacturers may use different recommendations for the same tapes.
8168 This might also depends of the buffering techniques used inside modern
8169 tape controllers. Some imposes a minimum blocking, or a maximum blocking.
8170 Others request blocking to be some exponent of two.
8171
8172 So, there is no fixed rule for blocking. But blocking at read time
8173 should ideally be the same as blocking used at write time. At one place
8174 I know, with a wide variety of equipment, they found it best to use a
8175 blocking of 32 to guarantee that their tapes are fully interchangeable.
8176
8177 I was also told that, for recycled tapes, prior erasure (by the same
8178 drive unit that will be used to create the archives) sometimes lowers
8179 the error rates observed at rewriting time.
8180
8181 I might also use @option{--number-blocks} instead of
8182 @option{--block-number}, so @option{--block} will then expand to
8183 @option{--blocking-factor} unambiguously.
8184
8185 @node Many
8186 @section Many Archives on One Tape
8187
8188 @FIXME{Appropriate options should be moved here from elsewhere.}
8189
8190 @findex ntape @r{device}
8191 Most tape devices have two entries in the @file{/dev} directory, or
8192 entries that come in pairs, which differ only in the minor number for
8193 this device. Let's take for example @file{/dev/tape}, which often
8194 points to the only or usual tape device of a given system. There might
8195 be a corresponding @file{/dev/nrtape} or @file{/dev/ntape}. The simpler
8196 name is the @emph{rewinding} version of the device, while the name
8197 having @samp{nr} in it is the @emph{no rewinding} version of the same
8198 device.
8199
8200 A rewinding tape device will bring back the tape to its beginning point
8201 automatically when this device is opened or closed. Since @command{tar}
8202 opens the archive file before using it and closes it afterwards, this
8203 means that a simple:
8204
8205 @smallexample
8206 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/tape @var{directory}}
8207 @end smallexample
8208
8209 @noindent
8210 will reposition the tape to its beginning both prior and after saving
8211 @var{directory} contents to it, thus erasing prior tape contents and
8212 making it so that any subsequent write operation will destroy what has
8213 just been saved.
8214
8215 @cindex tape positioning
8216 So, a rewinding device is normally meant to hold one and only one file.
8217 If you want to put more than one @command{tar} archive on a given tape, you
8218 will need to avoid using the rewinding version of the tape device. You
8219 will also have to pay special attention to tape positioning. Errors in
8220 positioning may overwrite the valuable data already on your tape. Many
8221 people, burnt by past experiences, will only use rewinding devices and
8222 limit themselves to one file per tape, precisely to avoid the risk of
8223 such errors. Be fully aware that writing at the wrong position on a
8224 tape loses all information past this point and most probably until the
8225 end of the tape, and this destroyed information @emph{cannot} be
8226 recovered.
8227
8228 To save @var{directory-1} as a first archive at the beginning of a
8229 tape, and leave that tape ready for a second archive, you should use:
8230
8231 @smallexample
8232 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8233 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-1}}
8234 @end smallexample
8235
8236 @cindex tape marks
8237 @dfn{Tape marks} are special magnetic patterns written on the tape
8238 media, which are later recognizable by the reading hardware. These
8239 marks are used after each file, when there are many on a single tape.
8240 An empty file (that is to say, two tape marks in a row) signal the
8241 logical end of the tape, after which no file exist. Usually,
8242 non-rewinding tape device drivers will react to the close request issued
8243 by @command{tar} by first writing two tape marks after your archive, and by
8244 backspacing over one of these. So, if you remove the tape at that time
8245 from the tape drive, it is properly terminated. But if you write
8246 another file at the current position, the second tape mark will be
8247 erased by the new information, leaving only one tape mark between files.
8248
8249 So, you may now save @var{directory-2} as a second archive after the
8250 first on the same tape by issuing the command:
8251
8252 @smallexample
8253 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-2}}
8254 @end smallexample
8255
8256 @noindent
8257 and so on for all the archives you want to put on the same tape.
8258
8259 Another usual case is that you do not write all the archives the same
8260 day, and you need to remove and store the tape between two archive
8261 sessions. In general, you must remember how many files are already
8262 saved on your tape. Suppose your tape already has 16 files on it, and
8263 that you are ready to write the 17th. You have to take care of skipping
8264 the first 16 tape marks before saving @var{directory-17}, say, by using
8265 these commands:
8266
8267 @smallexample
8268 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape rewind}
8269 $ @kbd{mt -f /dev/nrtape fsf 16}
8270 $ @kbd{tar cf /dev/nrtape @var{directory-17}}
8271 @end smallexample
8272
8273 In all the previous examples, we put aside blocking considerations, but
8274 you should do the proper things for that as well. @xref{Blocking}.
8275
8276 @menu
8277 * Tape Positioning:: Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8278 * mt:: The @command{mt} Utility
8279 @end menu
8280
8281 @node Tape Positioning
8282 @subsection Tape Positions and Tape Marks
8283 @UNREVISED
8284
8285 Just as archives can store more than one file from the file system,
8286 tapes can store more than one archive file. To keep track of where
8287 archive files (or any other type of file stored on tape) begin and
8288 end, tape archive devices write magnetic @dfn{tape marks} on the
8289 archive media. Tape drives write one tape mark between files,
8290 two at the end of all the file entries.
8291
8292 If you think of data as a series of records "rrrr"'s, and tape marks as
8293 "*"'s, a tape might look like the following:
8294
8295 @smallexample
8296 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr**-------------------------
8297 @end smallexample
8298
8299 Tape devices read and write tapes using a read/write @dfn{tape
8300 head}---a physical part of the device which can only access one
8301 point on the tape at a time. When you use @command{tar} to read or
8302 write archive data from a tape device, the device will begin reading
8303 or writing from wherever on the tape the tape head happens to be,
8304 regardless of which archive or what part of the archive the tape
8305 head is on. Before writing an archive, you should make sure that no
8306 data on the tape will be overwritten (unless it is no longer needed).
8307 Before reading an archive, you should make sure the tape head is at
8308 the beginning of the archive you want to read. (The @code{restore}
8309 script will find the archive automatically. @FIXME-xref{Scripted Restoration}@xref{mt}, for
8310 an explanation of the tape moving utility.
8311
8312 If you want to add new archive file entries to a tape, you should
8313 advance the tape to the end of the existing file entries, backspace
8314 over the last tape mark, and write the new archive file. If you were
8315 to add two archives to the example above, the tape might look like the
8316 following:
8317
8318 @smallexample
8319 rrrr*rrrrrr*rrrrr*rr*rrrrr*rrr*rrrr**----------------
8320 @end smallexample
8321
8322 @node mt
8323 @subsection The @command{mt} Utility
8324 @UNREVISED
8325
8326 @FIXME{Is it true that this only works on non-block devices?
8327 should explain the difference, (fixed or variable).}
8328 @value{xref-blocking-factor}.
8329
8330 You can use the @command{mt} utility to advance or rewind a tape past a
8331 specified number of archive files on the tape. This will allow you
8332 to move to the beginning of an archive before extracting or reading
8333 it, or to the end of all the archives before writing a new one.
8334 @FIXME{Why isn't there an "advance 'til you find two tape marks
8335 together"?}
8336
8337 The syntax of the @command{mt} command is:
8338
8339 @smallexample
8340 @kbd{mt [-f @var{tapename}] @var{operation} [@var{number}]}
8341 @end smallexample
8342
8343 where @var{tapename} is the name of the tape device, @var{number} is
8344 the number of times an operation is performed (with a default of one),
8345 and @var{operation} is one of the following:
8346
8347 @FIXME{is there any use for record operations?}
8348
8349 @table @kbd
8350 @item eof
8351 @itemx weof
8352 Writes @var{number} tape marks at the current position on the tape.
8353
8354 @item fsf
8355 Moves tape position forward @var{number} files.
8356
8357 @item bsf
8358 Moves tape position back @var{number} files.
8359
8360 @item rewind
8361 Rewinds the tape. (Ignores @var{number}).
8362
8363 @item offline
8364 @itemx rewoff1
8365 Rewinds the tape and takes the tape device off-line. (Ignores @var{number}).
8366
8367 @item status
8368 Prints status information about the tape unit.
8369
8370 @end table
8371
8372 @FIXME{Is there a better way to frob the spacing on the list?}
8373
8374 If you don't specify a @var{tapename}, @command{mt} uses the environment
8375 variable @env{TAPE}; if @env{TAPE} is not set, @command{mt} uses the device
8376 @file{/dev/rmt12}.
8377
8378 @command{mt} returns a 0 exit status when the operation(s) were
8379 successful, 1 if the command was unrecognized, and 2 if an operation
8380 failed.
8381
8382 @FIXME{New node on how to find an archive?}
8383
8384 If you use @value{op-extract} with the @value{op-label} option specified,
8385 @command{tar} will read an archive label (the tape head has to be positioned
8386 on it) and print an error if the archive label doesn't match the
8387 @var{archive-name} specified. @var{archive-name} can be any regular
8388 expression. If the labels match, @command{tar} extracts the archive.
8389 @value{xref-label}.
8390 @FIXME-xref{Matching Format Parameters}@FIXME{fix cross
8391 references}@samp{tar --list --label} will cause @command{tar} to print the
8392 label.
8393
8394 @FIXME{Program to list all the labels on a tape?}
8395
8396 @node Using Multiple Tapes
8397 @section Using Multiple Tapes
8398 @UNREVISED
8399
8400 Often you might want to write a large archive, one larger than will fit
8401 on the actual tape you are using. In such a case, you can run multiple
8402 @command{tar} commands, but this can be inconvenient, particularly if you
8403 are using options like @value{op-exclude} or dumping entire filesystems.
8404 Therefore, @command{tar} supports multiple tapes automatically.
8405
8406 Use @value{op-multi-volume} on the command line, and then @command{tar} will,
8407 when it reaches the end of the tape, prompt for another tape, and
8408 continue the archive. Each tape will have an independent archive, and
8409 can be read without needing the other. (As an exception to this, the
8410 file that @command{tar} was archiving when it ran out of tape will usually
8411 be split between the two archives; in this case you need to extract from
8412 the first archive, using @value{op-multi-volume}, and then put in the
8413 second tape when prompted, so @command{tar} can restore both halves of the
8414 file.)
8415
8416 @GNUTAR{} multi-volume archives do not use a truly
8417 portable format. You need @GNUTAR{} at both end to
8418 process them properly.
8419
8420 When prompting for a new tape, @command{tar} accepts any of the following
8421 responses:
8422
8423 @table @kbd
8424 @item ?
8425 Request @command{tar} to explain possible responses
8426 @item q
8427 Request @command{tar} to exit immediately.
8428 @item n @var{file name}
8429 Request @command{tar} to write the next volume on the file @var{file name}.
8430 @item !
8431 Request @command{tar} to run a subshell.
8432 @item y
8433 Request @command{tar} to begin writing the next volume.
8434 @end table
8435
8436 (You should only type @samp{y} after you have changed the tape;
8437 otherwise @command{tar} will write over the volume it just finished.)
8438
8439 If you want more elaborate behavior than this, give @command{tar} the
8440 @value{op-info-script} option. The file @var{script-name} is expected
8441 to be a program (or shell script) to be run instead of the normal
8442 prompting procedure. If the program fails, @command{tar} exits;
8443 otherwise, @command{tar} begins writing the next volume. The behavior
8444 of the
8445 @samp{n} response to the normal tape-change prompt is not available
8446 if you use @value{op-info-script}.
8447
8448 The method @command{tar} uses to detect end of tape is not perfect, and
8449 fails on some operating systems or on some devices. You can use the
8450 @value{op-tape-length} option if @command{tar} can't detect the end of the
8451 tape itself. This option selects @value{op-multi-volume} automatically.
8452 The @var{size} argument should then be the usable size of the tape.
8453 But for many devices, and floppy disks in particular, this option is
8454 never required for real, as far as we know.
8455
8456 The volume number used by @command{tar} in its tape-change prompt
8457 can be changed; if you give the @value{op-volno-file} option, then
8458 @var{file-of-number} should be an unexisting file to be created, or else,
8459 a file already containing a decimal number. That number will be used
8460 as the volume number of the first volume written. When @command{tar} is
8461 finished, it will rewrite the file with the now-current volume number.
8462 (This does not change the volume number written on a tape label, as
8463 per @value{ref-label}, it @emph{only} affects the number used in
8464 the prompt.)
8465
8466 If you want @command{tar} to cycle through a series of tape drives, then
8467 you can use the @samp{n} response to the tape-change prompt. This is
8468 error prone, however, and doesn't work at all with @value{op-info-script}.
8469 Therefore, if you give @command{tar} multiple @value{op-file} options, then
8470 the specified files will be used, in sequence, as the successive volumes
8471 of the archive. Only when the first one in the sequence needs to be
8472 used again will @command{tar} prompt for a tape change (or run the info
8473 script).
8474
8475 Multi-volume archives
8476
8477 With @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} will not abort when it cannot
8478 read or write any more data. Instead, it will ask you to prepare a new
8479 volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you should change tapes
8480 now; if the archive is on a floppy disk, you should change disks, etc.
8481
8482 Each volume of a multi-volume archive is an independent @command{tar}
8483 archive, complete in itself. For example, you can list or extract any
8484 volume alone; just don't specify @value{op-multi-volume}. However, if one
8485 file in the archive is split across volumes, the only way to extract
8486 it successfully is with a multi-volume extract command @option{--extract
8487 --multi-volume} (@option{-xM}) starting on or before the volume where
8488 the file begins.
8489
8490 For example, let's presume someone has two tape drives on a system
8491 named @file{/dev/tape0} and @file{/dev/tape1}. For having @GNUTAR{}
8492 to switch to the second drive when it needs to write the
8493 second tape, and then back to the first tape, etc., just do either of:
8494
8495 @smallexample
8496 $ @kbd{tar --create --multi-volume --file=/dev/tape0 --file=/dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8497 $ @kbd{tar cMff /dev/tape0 /dev/tape1 @var{files}}
8498 @end smallexample
8499
8500 @menu
8501 * Multi-Volume Archives:: Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8502 * Tape Files:: Tape Files
8503 @end menu
8504
8505 @node Multi-Volume Archives
8506 @subsection Archives Longer than One Tape or Disk
8507 @cindex Multi-volume archives
8508 @UNREVISED
8509
8510 To create an archive that is larger than will fit on a single unit of
8511 the media, use the @value{op-multi-volume} option in conjunction with
8512 the @value{op-create} option (@pxref{create}). A
8513 @dfn{multi-volume} archive can be manipulated like any other archive
8514 (provided the @value{op-multi-volume} option is specified), but is
8515 stored on more than one tape or disk.
8516
8517 When you specify @value{op-multi-volume}, @command{tar} does not report an
8518 error when it comes to the end of an archive volume (when reading), or
8519 the end of the media (when writing). Instead, it prompts you to load
8520 a new storage volume. If the archive is on a magnetic tape, you
8521 should change tapes when you see the prompt; if the archive is on a
8522 floppy disk, you should change disks; etc.
8523
8524 You can read each individual volume of a multi-volume archive as if it
8525 were an archive by itself. For example, to list the contents of one
8526 volume, use @value{op-list}, without @value{op-multi-volume} specified.
8527 To extract an archive member from one volume (assuming it is described
8528 that volume), use @value{op-extract}, again without
8529 @value{op-multi-volume}.
8530
8531 If an archive member is split across volumes (ie. its entry begins on
8532 one volume of the media and ends on another), you need to specify
8533 @value{op-multi-volume} to extract it successfully. In this case, you
8534 should load the volume where the archive member starts, and use
8535 @samp{tar --extract --multi-volume}---@command{tar} will prompt for later
8536 volumes as it needs them. @xref{extracting archives}, for more
8537 information about extracting archives.
8538
8539 @value{op-info-script} is like @value{op-multi-volume}, except that
8540 @command{tar} does not prompt you directly to change media volumes when
8541 a volume is full---instead, @command{tar} runs commands you have stored
8542 in @var{script-name}. For example, this option can be used to eject
8543 cassettes, or to broadcast messages such as @samp{Someone please come
8544 change my tape} when performing unattended backups. When @var{script-name}
8545 is done, @command{tar} will assume that the media has been changed.
8546
8547 Multi-volume archives can be modified like any other archive. To add
8548 files to a multi-volume archive, you need to only mount the last
8549 volume of the archive media (and new volumes, if needed). For all
8550 other operations, you need to use the entire archive.
8551
8552 If a multi-volume archive was labeled using @value{op-label}
8553 (@value{pxref-label}) when it was created, @command{tar} will not
8554 automatically label volumes which are added later. To label subsequent
8555 volumes, specify @value{op-label} again in conjunction with the
8556 @value{op-append}, @value{op-update} or @value{op-concatenate} operation.
8557
8558 @cindex Labeling multi-volume archives
8559 @FIXME{example}
8560
8561 @FIXME{There should be a sample program here, including an exit
8562 before end. Is the exit status even checked in tar? :-(}
8563
8564 @table @kbd
8565 @item --multi-volume
8566 @itemx -M
8567 Creates a multi-volume archive, when used in conjunction with
8568 @value{op-create}. To perform any other operation on a multi-volume
8569 archive, specify @value{op-multi-volume} in conjunction with that
8570 operation.
8571
8572 @item --info-script=@var{program-file}
8573 @itemx -F @var{program-file}
8574 Creates a multi-volume archive via a script. Used in conjunction with
8575 @value{op-create}.
8576 @end table
8577
8578 Beware that there is @emph{no} real standard about the proper way, for
8579 a @command{tar} archive, to span volume boundaries. If you have a
8580 multi-volume created by some vendor's @command{tar}, there is almost
8581 no chance you could read all the volumes with @GNUTAR{}.
8582 The converse is also true: you may not expect
8583 multi-volume archives created by @GNUTAR{} to be
8584 fully recovered by vendor's @command{tar}. Since there is little
8585 chance that, in mixed system configurations, some vendor's
8586 @command{tar} will work on another vendor's machine, and there is a
8587 great chance that @GNUTAR{} will work on most of
8588 them, your best bet is to install @GNUTAR{} on all
8589 machines between which you know exchange of files is possible.
8590
8591 @node Tape Files
8592 @subsection Tape Files
8593 @UNREVISED
8594
8595 To give the archive a name which will be recorded in it, use the
8596 @value{op-label} option. This will write a special block identifying
8597 @var{volume-label} as the name of the archive to the front of the archive
8598 which will be displayed when the archive is listed with @value{op-list}.
8599 If you are creating a multi-volume archive with
8600 @value{op-multi-volume}@FIXME-pxref{Using Multiple Tapes}, then the
8601 volume label will have
8602 @samp{Volume @var{nnn}} appended to the name you give, where @var{nnn} is
8603 the number of the volume of the archive. (If you use the @value{op-label}
8604 option when reading an archive, it checks to make sure the label on the
8605 tape matches the one you give. @value{xref-label}.
8606
8607 When @command{tar} writes an archive to tape, it creates a single
8608 tape file. If multiple archives are written to the same tape, one
8609 after the other, they each get written as separate tape files. When
8610 extracting, it is necessary to position the tape at the right place
8611 before running @command{tar}. To do this, use the @command{mt} command.
8612 For more information on the @command{mt} command and on the organization
8613 of tapes into a sequence of tape files, see @ref{mt}.
8614
8615 People seem to often do:
8616
8617 @smallexample
8618 @kbd{--label="@var{some-prefix} `date +@var{some-format}`"}
8619 @end smallexample
8620
8621 or such, for pushing a common date in all volumes or an archive set.
8622
8623 @node label
8624 @section Including a Label in the Archive
8625 @cindex Labeling an archive
8626 @cindex Labels on the archive media
8627 @UNREVISED
8628
8629 @table @kbd
8630 @item -V @var{name}
8631 @itemx --label=@var{name}
8632 Create archive with volume name @var{name}.
8633 @end table
8634
8635 This option causes @command{tar} to write out a @dfn{volume header} at
8636 the beginning of the archive. If @value{op-multi-volume} is used, each
8637 volume of the archive will have a volume header of @samp{@var{name}
8638 Volume @var{n}}, where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the
8639 next, and so on.
8640
8641 @FIXME{Should the arg to --label be a quoted string?? No.}
8642
8643 To avoid problems caused by misplaced paper labels on the archive
8644 media, you can include a @dfn{label} entry---an archive member which
8645 contains the name of the archive---in the archive itself. Use the
8646 @value{op-label} option in conjunction with the @value{op-create} operation
8647 to include a label entry in the archive as it is being created.
8648
8649 If you create an archive using both @value{op-label} and
8650 @value{op-multi-volume}, each volume of the archive will have an
8651 archive label of the form @samp{@var{archive-label} Volume @var{n}},
8652 where @var{n} is 1 for the first volume, 2 for the next, and so on.
8653 @FIXME-xref{Multi-Volume Archives, for information on creating multiple
8654 volume archives.}
8655
8656 If you list or extract an archive using @value{op-label}, @command{tar} will
8657 print an error if the archive label doesn't match the @var{archive-label}
8658 specified, and will then not list nor extract the archive. In those cases,
8659 @var{archive-label} argument is interpreted as a globbing-style pattern
8660 which must match the actual magnetic volume label. @xref{exclude}, for
8661 a precise description of how match is attempted@footnote{Previous versions
8662 of @command{tar} used full regular expression matching, or before that, only
8663 exact string matching, instead of wildcard matchers. We decided for the
8664 sake of simplicity to use a uniform matching device through @command{tar}.}.
8665 If the switch @value{op-multi-volume} is being used, the volume label
8666 matcher will also suffix @var{archive-label} by @w{@samp{ Volume [1-9]*}}
8667 if the initial match fails, before giving up. Since the volume numbering
8668 is automatically added in labels at creation time, it sounded logical to
8669 equally help the user taking care of it when the archive is being read.
8670
8671 The @value{op-label} was once called @option{--volume}, but is not available
8672 under that name anymore.
8673
8674 To find out an archive's label entry (or to find out if an archive has
8675 a label at all), use @samp{tar --list --verbose}. @command{tar} will
8676 print the label first, and then print archive member information, as
8677 in the example below:
8678
8679 @smallexample
8680 $ @kbd{tar --verbose --list --file=iamanarchive}
8681 V--------- 0 0 0 1992-03-07 12:01 iamalabel--Volume Header--
8682 -rw-rw-rw- ringo user 40 1990-05-21 13:30 iamafilename
8683 @end smallexample
8684
8685 @table @kbd
8686 @item --label=@var{archive-label}
8687 @itemx -V @var{archive-label}
8688 Includes an @dfn{archive-label} at the beginning of the archive when
8689 the archive is being created, when used in conjunction with the
8690 @value{op-create} option. Checks to make sure the archive label
8691 matches the one specified (when used in conjunction with the
8692 @value{op-extract} option.
8693 @end table
8694
8695 To get a common information on all tapes of a series, use the
8696 @value{op-label} option. For having this information different in each
8697 series created through a single script used on a regular basis, just
8698 manage to get some date string as part of the label. For example:
8699
8700 @smallexample
8701 $ @kbd{tar cfMV /dev/tape "Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8702 $ @kbd{tar --create --file=/dev/tape --multi-volume \
8703 --volume="Daily backup for `date +%Y-%m-%d`"}
8704 @end smallexample
8705
8706 Also note that each label has its own date and time, which corresponds
8707 to when @GNUTAR{} initially attempted to write it,
8708 often soon after the operator launches @command{tar} or types the
8709 carriage return telling that the next tape is ready. Comparing date
8710 labels does give an idea of tape throughput only if the delays for
8711 rewinding tapes and the operator switching them were negligible, which
8712 is usually not the case.
8713
8714 @FIXME{was --volume}
8715
8716 @node verify
8717 @section Verifying Data as It is Stored
8718 @cindex Verifying a write operation
8719 @cindex Double-checking a write operation
8720
8721 @table @kbd
8722 @item -W
8723 @itemx --verify
8724 Attempt to verify the archive after writing.
8725 @end table
8726
8727 This option causes @command{tar} to verify the archive after writing it.
8728 Each volume is checked after it is written, and any discrepancies
8729 are recorded on the standard error output.
8730
8731 Verification requires that the archive be on a back-space-able medium.
8732 This means pipes, some cartridge tape drives, and some other devices
8733 cannot be verified.
8734
8735 You can insure the accuracy of an archive by comparing files in the
8736 system with archive members. @command{tar} can compare an archive to the
8737 file system as the archive is being written, to verify a write
8738 operation, or can compare a previously written archive, to insure that
8739 it is up to date.
8740
8741 To check for discrepancies in an archive immediately after it is
8742 written, use the @value{op-verify} option in conjunction with
8743 the @value{op-create} operation. When this option is
8744 specified, @command{tar} checks archive members against their counterparts
8745 in the file system, and reports discrepancies on the standard error.
8746
8747 To verify an archive, you must be able to read it from before the end
8748 of the last written entry. This option is useful for detecting data
8749 errors on some tapes. Archives written to pipes, some cartridge tape
8750 drives, and some other devices cannot be verified.
8751
8752 One can explicitly compare an already made archive with the file system
8753 by using the @value{op-compare} option, instead of using the more automatic
8754 @value{op-verify} option. @value{xref-compare}.
8755
8756 Note that these two options have a slightly different intent. The
8757 @value{op-compare} option how identical are the logical contents of some
8758 archive with what is on your disks, while the @value{op-verify} option is
8759 really for checking if the physical contents agree and if the recording
8760 media itself is of dependable quality. So, for the @value{op-verify}
8761 operation, @command{tar} tries to defeat all in-memory cache pertaining to
8762 the archive, while it lets the speed optimization undisturbed for the
8763 @value{op-compare} option. If you nevertheless use @value{op-compare} for
8764 media verification, you may have to defeat the in-memory cache yourself,
8765 maybe by opening and reclosing the door latch of your recording unit,
8766 forcing some doubt in your operating system about the fact this is really
8767 the same volume as the one just written or read.
8768
8769 The @value{op-verify} option would not be necessary if drivers were indeed
8770 able to detect dependably all write failures. This sometimes require many
8771 magnetic heads, some able to read after the writes occurred. One would
8772 not say that drivers unable to detect all cases are necessarily flawed,
8773 as long as programming is concerned.
8774
8775 The @value{op-verify} option will not work in conjunction with the
8776 @value{op-multi-volume} option or the @value{op-append},
8777 @value{op-update} and @value{op-delete} operations. @xref{Operations},
8778 for more information on these operations.
8779
8780 Also, since @command{tar} normally strips leading @samp{/} from file
8781 names (@pxref{absolute}), a command like @samp{tar --verify -cf
8782 /tmp/foo.tar /etc} will work as desired only if the working directory is
8783 @file{/}, as @command{tar} uses the archive's relative member names
8784 (e.g., @file{etc/motd}) when verifying the archive.
8785
8786 @node Write Protection
8787 @section Write Protection
8788
8789 Almost all tapes and diskettes, and in a few rare cases, even disks can
8790 be @dfn{write protected}, to protect data on them from being changed.
8791 Once an archive is written, you should write protect the media to prevent
8792 the archive from being accidentally overwritten or deleted. (This will
8793 protect the archive from being changed with a tape or floppy drive---it
8794 will not protect it from magnet fields or other physical hazards).
8795
8796 The write protection device itself is usually an integral part of the
8797 physical media, and can be a two position (write enabled/write
8798 disabled) switch, a notch which can be popped out or covered, a ring
8799 which can be removed from the center of a tape reel, or some other
8800 changeable feature.
8801
8802 @node Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8803 @appendix Free Software Needs Free Documentation
8804 @include freemanuals.texi
8805
8806 @node Copying This Manual
8807 @appendix Copying This Manual
8808
8809 @menu
8810 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual
8811 @end menu
8812
8813 @include fdl.texi
8814
8815 @node Index
8816 @appendix Index
8817
8818 @printindex cp
8819
8820 @summarycontents
8821 @contents
8822 @bye
8823
8824 @c Local variables:
8825 @c texinfo-column-for-description: 32
8826 @c End:
This page took 0.424068 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.